diff --git a/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst b/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst index a926fd369..e2cfc415f 100644 --- a/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst +++ b/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ to do is install the accounting app. .. image:: media/use01.png :align: center -User cases -========== +Use cases +========= Case 1: Payments registration ----------------------------- diff --git a/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst b/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst index 9a4bd09dd..2c006d4b0 100644 --- a/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst +++ b/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst @@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ How to set tax-included prices ============================== In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check -*Included in Price* for your sales taxes in -:menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. +*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in +:menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`. .. image:: media/tax_included.png :align: center diff --git a/crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst b/crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst index 5a02bc127..18a466d47 100644 --- a/crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst +++ b/crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -========================= -How to create a new team? -========================= +============================ +How to create a new channel? +============================ -In the Sales module, your sales teams are accessible from the +In the Sales module, your sales channels are accessible from the **Dashboard** menu. If you start from a new instance, you will find a -sales team installed by default : Direct sales. You can either start -using that default sales team and edit it (refer to the section +sales channel installed by default : Direct sales. You can either start +using that default sales channel and edit it (refer to the section *Create and Organize your stages* from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) or create a new one from scratch. -To create a new team, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Teams` and +To create a new channel, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Channels` and click on **Create**. .. image:: ./media/create01.png @@ -17,15 +17,15 @@ click on **Create**. Fill in the fields : -- Enter the name of your team +- Enter the name of your channel -- Select your team leader +- Select your channel leader - Select your team members Don't forget to tick the "Opportunities" box if you want to manage opportunities from it and to click on SAVE when you're done. Your can -now access your new team from your Dashboard. +now access your new channel from your Dashboard. .. image:: ./media/create02.png :align: center diff --git a/db_management/db_premise.rst b/db_management/db_premise.rst index aeffe90db..2f8a5d130 100644 --- a/db_management/db_premise.rst +++ b/db_management/db_premise.rst @@ -78,8 +78,8 @@ Solutions effortlessly for your and for us. -Too much users error message ----------------------------- +Error message due to too many users +----------------------------------- If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message: diff --git a/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst b/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst index e0cf87b2f..d969e7be3 100644 --- a/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst +++ b/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst @@ -30,8 +30,10 @@ sure that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` -and click the **Configure Product Barcodes** button. This -interface can also be accessed via the planner. +and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. +Click Save, and go back into the previous screen to click Configure +Product Barcodes. This interface can also be accessed via the planner. + .. note:: Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the diff --git a/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst b/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst index a28ac8855..396457630 100644 --- a/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst +++ b/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst @@ -77,8 +77,8 @@ This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product available for the next step. -How to to transfer the receipt to your stock ? ------------------------------------------------ +How to transfer the receipt to your stock ? +-------------------------------------------- Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process @@ -95,4 +95,4 @@ The receipt has been moved to your stock. .. seealso:: * :doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow` - * :doc:`three_steps` \ No newline at end of file + * :doc:`three_steps` diff --git a/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst b/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst index 7f3a0290f..37b7c0efa 100644 --- a/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst +++ b/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**. To create an extra scrap location, Go to -:menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting` +:menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per warehouse**, then click on **Apply**. @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab. ---------------------------------------------------------- To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to -:menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Receipts` +:menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers` .. image:: media/scrap05.png :align: center @@ -103,4 +103,4 @@ quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on .. note:: To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage several location per warehouse** in the settings at - :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting` \ No newline at end of file + :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 4c67057cd..c5324657d 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Cristóbal Martí Oliver , 2017\n" +"Last-Translator: Nicole Kist , 2017\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "Contabilidad" #: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" -msgstr "Banco y efectivo" +msgstr "Cuentas y efectivo" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 msgid "Bank Feeds" @@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ msgid "" " well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " "bank statements." msgstr "" -"CODA es un archivo para estados de cuenta bancarios en Bélgica. La mayoría " -"de los bancos Belgas, así como el software Isabel, permiten descargar un " -"archivo CODA con todos sus estados de cuenta bancarios." +"CODA es un formato de archivo para estados de cuenta bancarios en Bélgica. " +"La mayoría de los bancos Belgas, así como el software Isabel, permiten " +"descargar un archivo CODA con todos tus estados de cuenta bancarios." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -1982,21 +1982,23 @@ msgstr "Tipo" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selecciona \"Venta\" para ver registros de facturas de clientes." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selecciona \"Compra\" para registros de facturas de vendedores." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" "Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor " "payments." msgstr "" +"Selecciona \"Efectivo\" o \"Banco\" para registros que son usados en pagos " +"de clientes y vendedores." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccioina \"General\" para operaciones misceláneas de registros." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Company" @@ -2148,7 +2150,7 @@ msgstr "Si este diario debe mostrarse en el tablero o no" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comprueba la impresión del método de pago seleccionado" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -6396,17 +6398,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo adaptar impuestos a mi estado de cliente o localización" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 msgid "" "Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " "To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." msgstr "" +"Muchas veces los impuestos de venta dependen de tu estado de cliente o " +"localización. Para mapear los impuestos, Odoo trae lo que llamamos " +"*Posiciones Fiscales*." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear mapeo de impuestos" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -6415,6 +6420,11 @@ msgid "" "customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " "purchases." msgstr "" +"Una posición fiscal es solo un conjunto de reglas que mapea impuestos por " +"defecto (definidos en el formulario de producto) a otros impuestos. En la " +"captura de pantalla a continuación, clientes extranjeros obtienen un 0% de " +"impuestos en lugar del 15% establecido por defecto, tanto para ventas como " +"para compras." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -6424,6 +6434,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " "Positions`." msgstr "" +"Las posiciones fiscales principales se crean automáticamente de acuerdo a tu" +" localización. Quizás tengas que crear posiciones fiscales para casos " +"específicos. Para definir posiciones fiscales, dirígete a: " +"Facturación/Contabilidad - Configuración - Posiciones Fiscales." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -6432,22 +6446,31 @@ msgid "" "from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " "foreign countries." msgstr "" +"Si usas Odoo Contabilidad, también puedes mapear las cuentas de " +"Ingresos/Gastos de acuerdo a la posición fiscal. Por ejemplo, en algunos " +"países, los beneficios de las ventas no se publican en la misma cuenta que " +"los beneficios de las ventas en países extranjeros." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adapta los impuestos al estado de tu cliente" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 msgid "" "If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" "mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." msgstr "" +"Si un cliente está en una regla de impuestos específica, necesitas aplicar " +"un mapeo de impuestos. Para hacer esto, crea una posición fiscal y asígnala " +"a tus clientes." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 msgid "" "Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " "for the customer." msgstr "" +"Odoo usará esa posición fiscal para cualquier pedido/factura registrado por " +"el cliente." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -6455,10 +6478,14 @@ msgid "" "will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " "same customer." msgstr "" +"Si configuras la posición fiscal en la orden de venta o manualmente en la " +"factura, solo aplicara a este documento y no a órdenes/facturas del mismo " +"cliente." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" msgstr "" +"Adapta los impuestos a la dirección de tus clientes (basados en destino)." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -6468,27 +6495,39 @@ msgid "" "require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " "your office or warehouse)." msgstr "" +"Dependiendo de tu localización, los impuestos de ventas pueden estar basados" +" en origen o destino. La mayoría de estados o clientes requieren que " +"recolectes impuestos a la tarifa del destino (p.e. la dirección de tu " +"comprador), mientras otros requieren que los colectes a la tarifa del punto " +"de origen (p.e. tu oficina)." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 msgid "" "If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " "tax-mapping to apply." msgstr "" +"Si estás bajo la regla basada en destino, crea una posición fiscal por mapeo" +" de impuestos para aplicar." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selecciona la opción \"Detecta Automáticamente\"." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 msgid "" "Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." msgstr "" +"Selecciona un grupo de países, un país, un estado o una ciudad para activar " +"la asignación de impuestos." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 msgid "" "This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " "fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." msgstr "" +"De esta manera, si no se establece una posición fiscal para el cliente, Odoo" +" elegirá la posición fiscal que coincida con la dirección de envío al crear " +"un pedido." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -6509,12 +6548,18 @@ msgid "" "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " "replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." msgstr "" +"Si, para algunas posiciones fiscales, deseas eliminar un impuesto, en lugar " +"de reemplazarlo por otro, simplemente mantenga vacío el campo *Impuestos a " +"aplicar*." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 msgid "" "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," " just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." msgstr "" +"Si, para algunas posiciones fiscales, deseas reemplazar un impuesto por " +"otros dos impuestos, simplemente crea dos líneas que tengan el mismo " +"*Impuesto sobre el producto*." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:82 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 @@ -6525,22 +6570,22 @@ msgstr ":doc:`crear`" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:83 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo administrar impuestos de transacciones en efectivo" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -6549,6 +6594,11 @@ msgid "" " your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " "method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." msgstr "" +"Los impuestos de transacciones en efectivo son debidos cuando el pago se ha " +"hecho y no en la validación de la factura (como es el caso con los impuestos" +" estándar). Informar sus ingresos y gastos a la administración basándose en " +"el método de base de efectivo es legal en algunos países y bajo ciertas " +"condiciones." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -6557,10 +6607,14 @@ msgid "" "basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " "2nd quarter." msgstr "" +"Ejemplo: Vendes un producto en el 1er trimestre de tu año fiscal y recibes " +"el pago en el 2do trimestre de tu año fiscal. Sobre la base del método de " +"base de efectivo, el impuesto que tienes que pagar a la administración se " +"debe para el 2do trimestre." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo configurar impuestos de transacciones en efectivo?" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -6568,6 +6622,10 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " "define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." msgstr "" +"Primero tienes que activar el ajuste en: selección del menú: `Contabilidad " +"-> Configuración -> Ajustes -> Permitir Impuestos de Transacciones en " +"Efectivo '. Se te pedirá que definas el Diario de Impuestos de Transacciones" +" en Efectivo." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -6576,10 +6634,17 @@ msgid "" "and in the *Advanced Options* tab you will see the checkbox *Use Cash " "Basis*. You will then have to define the *Tax Received Account*." msgstr "" +"Una vez hecho esto, puedes configurar tus impuestos en: selección de menú: " +"`Contabilidad -> Configuración -> Impuestos'. Puedes abrir un impuesto, y en" +" la pestaña de *Opciones Avanzadas* verás la casilla de verificación *Usar " +"base en efectivo*. A continuación, tendrás que definir la *Cuenta de " +"Impuestos Recibidos*." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:39 msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" msgstr "" +"¿Cuál es el impacto de usa impuesto para transacciones en efectivo en mi " +"contabilidad?" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -6587,30 +6652,33 @@ msgid "" "When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " "your accounting:" msgstr "" +"Tomemos un ejemplo. Tú haces una venta de $100 con un 15% impuesto sobre la " +"base de transacciones en efectivo. Al validar la factura del cliente, se " +"crea la siguiente entrada en tú contabilidad:" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:46 msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Diario de facturas del cliente" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:50 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cuentas por cobrar $115" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:76 msgid "Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cuenta de impuesto $15" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cuenta de ingresos $100" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:57 msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Unos días después, recibirás el pago:" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 msgid "Bank Journal" @@ -6618,12 +6686,12 @@ msgstr "Diario del banco" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:64 msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Banco $115" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:69 msgid "" "When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Al reconciliar la factura y el pago, se genera esta entrada:" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" @@ -6631,17 +6699,20 @@ msgstr "Impuestos Diario de base de efectivo" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cuenta de impuestos recibidos $15" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 msgid "" "The two journal items created in the Income Account are neutral but they are" " needed to insure correct tax reports in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Los dos elementos del diario creados en la Cuenta de Ingresos son neutrales " +"pero son necesarios para asegurar los informes de impuestos correctos en " +"Odoo." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo crear nuevos impuestos?" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -6650,6 +6721,11 @@ msgid "" "withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " "with the right taxes." msgstr "" +"El sistema de impuestos de Odoo es muy flexible y soporta muchos tipos " +"diferentes de impuestos: impuestos al valor agregado (IVA), impuestos " +"ecológicos, impuestos federales / estatales / municipales, retenciones " +"fiscales, etc. Para la mayoría de los países, su sistema está preconfigurado" +" con los impuestos correctos." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -6663,26 +6739,32 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " "menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." msgstr "" +"Ir a: selección de menú: `Contabilidad -> Configuración -> Impuestos '. " +"Desde este menú, obtienes todos los impuestos que puedes utilizar: impuestos" +" sobre las ventas e impuestos sobre la compra." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." msgstr "" +"Elija un campo: Ventas, Compra o Ninguno (por ejemplo, impuestos obsoletos)." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selecciona un método de cálculo:" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" msgstr "" +"**Porcentaje del precio**: más común (por ejemplo, 15% de impuesto sobre las" +" ventas)" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Porcentaje de Precio Impuestos Incluidos**: usado en Brasil, etc." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" @@ -6694,6 +6776,10 @@ msgid "" "item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " "posts the tax journal item in the income account." msgstr "" +"Si utilizas la aplicación de Contabilidad de Odoo, establece una cuenta de " +"impuestos (es decir, donde se contabilizará el diario de impuestos). Este " +"campo es opcional, si lo mantienes vacío, Odoo publicará el ítem del diario " +"de impuestos en la cuenta de ingresos." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -6701,6 +6787,10 @@ msgid "" "probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " "using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." msgstr "" +"Si deseas evitar el uso de un impuesto específico, no podrás eliminarlo " +"porque el impuesto probablemente se utilice en facturas anteriores. Por lo " +"tanto, para evitar que los usuarios continúen usando este impuesto, debes " +"establecer el campo *Ámbito fiscal* a *Ninguno*." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -6708,10 +6798,12 @@ msgid "" "**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " "code." msgstr "" +"Si necesitas un mecanismo fiscal más avanzado, puede instalar el módulo " +"**account_tax_python** y podrás definir nuevos impuestos con código Python." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración avanzada" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -6719,6 +6811,10 @@ msgid "" "on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " "following label on invoice \"15%\"." msgstr "" +"**Etiqueta en las facturas**: un breve texto sobre cómo deseas que se " +"imprima este impuesto en la línea de factura. Por ejemplo, un impuesto " +"denominado \"15% en Servicios\" puede tener la siguiente etiqueta en la " +"factura \"15%\"." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -6744,6 +6840,8 @@ msgid "" "**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " "empty." msgstr "" +"**Etiquetas**: se utilizan para informes personalizados. Por lo general, " +"puedes mantener este campo vacío." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 @@ -6753,13 +6851,15 @@ msgstr ":doc:`aplicación`" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo establecer impuestos predeterminados?" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" "Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " "localizations." msgstr "" +"Los impuestos aplicados en tú país se instalan automáticamente para la " +"mayoría de las localizaciones." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -6767,12 +6867,18 @@ msgid "" "tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " "country/state than you." msgstr "" +"Los impuestos predeterminados establecidos en pedidos y facturas provienen " +"de la ficha de facturación de cada producto. Tales impuestos se utilizan " +"cuando se vende a empresas que están en el mismo país / estado que tú." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 msgid "" "To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Para cambiar los impuestos predeterminados establecidos para cualquier nuevo" +" producto creado, ve a: selección de menú: `Facturación / Contabilidad -> " +"Configuración -> Ajustes`." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -6780,6 +6886,10 @@ msgid "" "may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " "login into two different companies and change this field for each company." msgstr "" +"Si trabajas en un entorno de multi-empresas, los impuestos sobre ventas y " +"compras pueden tener un valor diferente de acuerdo a la empresa para la que " +"trabajas. Puedes iniciar sesión en dos empresas diferentes y cambiar este " +"campo para cada empresa." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" @@ -6894,7 +7004,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo establecer los precios con impuestos incluidos?" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -6902,6 +7012,10 @@ msgid "" "*Included in Price* for your sales taxes in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" +"En la mayoría de los países, los precios B2C tienen incluidos los impuestos." +" Para hacer eso en Odoo, selecciona *Incluido en el Precio* para tus " +"impuestos de venta en: selección de menú: 'Contabilidad -> Configuración -> " +"Impuestos '." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -6909,6 +7023,9 @@ msgid "" "let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" " product form is $100." msgstr "" +"De esta manera, el precio fijado en el formulario del producto incluye el " +"impuesto. Por ejemplo, digamos que tienes un producto con un impuesto de " +"ventas del 10%. El precio de venta en el formulario de producto es $100." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" @@ -6947,10 +7064,15 @@ msgid "" "You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " "and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." msgstr "" +"Puedes confiar en la siguiente documentación si necesitas tanto los " +"impuestos incluidos (B2C) como los impuestos excluidos (B2B): " +":doc:`B2B_B2C`." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" msgstr "" +"Mostrar los precios con impuestos incluidos en el catálogo de comercio " +"electrónico" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -6959,10 +7081,17 @@ msgid "" "(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " "Display)." msgstr "" +"Por defecto, los precios mostrados en tú catálogo de comercio electrónico " +"están excluidos de impuestos. Para mostrarlos con impuestos incluidos, " +"selecciona *Mostrar subtotales de línea con impuestos incluidos (B2C)* en: " +"selección de menú: `Ventas -> Configuración -> Ajustes' (Visualización de " +"impuestos)." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the US thanks to TaxCloud" msgstr "" +"¿Cómo obtener tasas de impuestos correctas en los Estados Unidos gracias a " +"TaxCloud?" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -6972,34 +7101,47 @@ msgid "" "calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and special " "jurisdiction in the United States." msgstr "" +"La integración **TaxCloud** permite calcular el impuesto sobre las ventas de" +" cada dirección en los Estados Unidos y realiza un seguimiento de qué tipos " +"de productos están exentos del impuesto sobre las ventas y en qué estados se" +" aplica cada exención. TaxCloud calcula el impuesto sobre las ventas en " +"tiempo real para cada estado, ciudad y jurisdicción especial en los Estados " +"Unidos." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 msgid "In Tax Cloud" -msgstr "" +msgstr "En Tax Cloud" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 msgid "" "Create a free account on `*TaxCloud* `__ " "website." msgstr "" +"Crea un cuenta gratuita en la página web de *TaxCloud* " +"" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "Register your website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." msgstr "" +"Registra tu sitio web en TaxCloud para obtener una *ID de API* y una *Clave " +"de API*." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "En Odoo" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and check *Compute sales tax automatically using TaxCloud*. Click *Apply*." msgstr "" +"Ir a: selección de menú: 'Facturación / Contabilidad -> Configuración -> " +"Ajustes' y seleccionar *Calcular impuesto de ventas automáticamente usando " +"TaxCloud*. Haz clic en *Aplicar*." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "Still in those settings, enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aún en esos ajustes, ingresa tus credenciales de TaxCloud." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -7007,18 +7149,26 @@ msgid "" "TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may imply specific " "rates." msgstr "" +"Presiona *Sincronizar Categorías de TaxCloud (TIC)* para importar categorías" +" de productos TIC desde TaxCloud (Códigos de información de impuestos). " +"Algunas categorías pueden implicar tasas específicas." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 msgid "" "Set default *TIC Code* and taxe rates. This will apply to any new product " "created. A default sales tax is needed to trigger the tax computation." msgstr "" +"Establece predeterminado *Código TIC* y tasas de impuestos. Esto se aplicará" +" a cualquier nuevo producto creado. Un impuesto de ventas predeterminado es " +"necesario para activar el cálculo del impuesto." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:43 msgid "" "For products under a specific category, select it in its detail form (in " "*Sales* tab)." msgstr "" +"Para productos bajo una categoría específica, selecciónalo en su formulario " +"de detalle (en la pestaña *Ventas*)." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -7026,10 +7176,14 @@ msgid "" " zip code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and click " "*Configure your company data*." msgstr "" +"Asegúrate de que la dirección de tu empresa esté bien definida " +"(especialmente el estado y el código postal). Ve a: selección de menú: " +"`Ajustes --> Ajustes Generales` y haz clic en *Configura la data de tu " +"compañía*." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:51 msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo funciona?" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -7037,6 +7191,9 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`application`). A specific fiscal position is created when installing " "*TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." msgstr "" +"La asignación automática de impuestos funciona gracias a las posiciones " +"fiscales (ver :doc: `application`). Se crea una posición fiscal específica " +"al instalar *TaxCloud*. Todo funciona al instante." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -7044,6 +7201,9 @@ msgid "" "the customer country is *United States*. This is triggering the automated " "tax computation." msgstr "" +"Esta posición fiscal se establece en cualquier orden de venta, pedido en " +"línea o factura cuando el país del cliente es *Estados Unidos*. Esto está " +"activando el cálculo de impuestos automatizado." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -7053,10 +7213,17 @@ msgid "" "rate if that tax percentage does not already exist in your system and return" " it in the order item line (e.g. 7.0%)." msgstr "" +"Añade un producto con un impuesto de ventas predeterminado. Odoo enviará " +"automáticamente una solicitud a TaxCloud, obtendrá el porcentaje de impuesto" +" correcto basado en la ubicación del cliente (estado y código postal) y la " +"categoría TIC del producto, creará una nueva tasa impositiva si ese " +"porcentaje impositivo no existe en su sistema y lo devolverá a la línea del " +"pedido (por ejemplo, 7,0%)." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 msgid "How to create specific tax mappings using TaxCloud" msgstr "" +"¿Cómo crear asignaciones de impuestos específicos utilizando TaxCloud?" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -7064,10 +7231,14 @@ msgid "" "API* to do so. Such fiscal postions can be assigned to customers in their " "detail form in order to get them by default whenever they buy you something." msgstr "" +"Puedes crear varias posiciones fiscales utilizando TaxCloud. Selecciona *Usa" +" TaxCloud API* para hacerlo. Tales posiciones fiscales se pueden asignar a " +"los clientes en su forma de detalle con el fin de obtenerlas por defecto " +"siempre que te compren algo." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:86 msgid ":doc:`default_taxes`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`default_taxes`" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" @@ -9667,7 +9838,7 @@ msgstr "Explicación de los campos en la pantalla de pago: " #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Has Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tiene facturas" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" @@ -9675,7 +9846,7 @@ msgstr "Campo técnico utilizado por usabilidad" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Hide Payment Method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ocultar método de pago" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -11865,6 +12036,9 @@ msgid "" "specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " "term but invoice conditions." msgstr "" +"Las condiciones de pago son diferentes de la facturación en varias áreas. " +"Si, por un pedido específico, facturas al cliente en dos partes, no se trata" +" de un plazo de pago sino de las condiciones de la factura." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -12462,6 +12636,9 @@ msgid "" "The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " "set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." msgstr "" +"El tipo de cuenta debe ser \"Tarjeta de crédito\". Una vez hecho esto, no " +"olvides establecer la cuenta de \"Tarjetas de crédito\" como \"Permitir " +"reconciliación\"." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 @@ -12605,7 +12782,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`recording`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 @@ -13310,6 +13487,11 @@ msgid "" "1st but the due date is January 20, if you set a reminder 3 days before the " "due date, the customer may receive an email in January 17." msgstr "" +"Como tienes que proporcionar un número de días en relación con la fecha de " +"vencimiento, puedes utilizar un número negativo. Por ejemplo, si se emite " +"una factura el 1 de enero pero la fecha de vencimiento es el 20 de enero, si" +" estableces un recordatorio 3 días antes de la fecha de vencimiento, el " +"cliente puede recibir un correo electrónico el 17 de enero." #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:76 msgid "Doing your weekly follow-ups" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index ae038fbf1..f4133986b 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: eduardo mendoza , 2017\n" +"Last-Translator: Raquel Iciarte , 2017\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ msgstr "Calendario" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize your Odoo Calendar with Google Calendar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo sincronizar tu calendario de Odoo con tu calendario de Google" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -36,10 +36,13 @@ msgid "" "manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " "directions)." msgstr "" +"Odoo está perfectamente integrado con el calendario de Google así que puedes" +" ver y administrar tus reuniones con ambas plataformas (las actualizaciones " +"van a ambas direcciones)." #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 msgid "Setup in Google" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración en Google" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -63,7 +66,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:30 msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear credenciales para usar en Odoo" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -96,11 +99,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:62 msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración en Odoo" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:64 msgid "Install **Google Calendar** app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalar la aplicación **Calendario de Google**. " #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -118,7 +121,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:83 msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¡A partir de ahora ya no tienes excusas para perderte una reunión!" #: ../../crm/leads.rst:3 msgid "Leads" @@ -1300,7 +1303,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo VOIP" #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:3 msgid "Installation and Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalación y configuración" #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:6 msgid "Installing Asterisk server" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index a0caae326..f88831146 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Antonio Trueba , 2017\n" +"Last-Translator: RGB Consulting , 2017\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "Tienda del sitio web" +msgstr "Comercio electrónico" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Get started" @@ -28,26 +28,30 @@ msgstr "Empezar" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo customizar mi página de catálogo" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Catálogo del producto" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 msgid "" "All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." msgstr "" +"Todos tus artículos publicados aparecerán en tu página de catálogo (o página" +" de compra)" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 msgid "" "Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " "website categories, etc." msgstr "" +"La mayoría de las opciones están disponibles en el menú de *Personalizar*: " +"atributos de la pantalla, categorías de la página, etc." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Destacar un producto" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -55,16 +59,22 @@ msgid "" "them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" " page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." msgstr "" +"Aumenta la visibilidad de tus productos estrella/promocionados: impúlsalos " +"hacia arriba, hazlos más grandes, añade una etiqueta que pueda editar " +"(venta, nuevo, etc.). Abre la página Tienda, cambia al modo Edición y haz " +"clic en cualquier elemento para comenzar a personalizar la cuadrícula." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 msgid "" "See how to do it: " "https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" msgstr "" +"Vé cómo hacerlo: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Añadir al carrito" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -74,66 +84,76 @@ msgid "" "Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " "better)." msgstr "" +"Si tus clientes compran una gran cantidad de artículos a la vez, reduce el " +"tiempo de procesamiento de sus órdenes, permitiendo compras en la página del" +" catálogo. Para ello, agrega la descripción del producto y el botón de " +"agregar al carro. Activa las siguientes opciones en el menú *Personalizar*: " +"Descripción del producto, Añadir al carro, Vista de lista (para mostrar la " +"descripción del producto mejor)." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo crear una página de un producto" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." msgstr "" +"En la página web haz clic en *Nueva Página* en la esquina superior derecha." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." msgstr "" +"Después haz clic en *Nuevo Producto* y sigue las sugerencias intermitentes." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aquí están los elementos principales de la página del producto:" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." msgstr "" +"Muchos elementos se pueden hacer visibles desde el menú *Personalizar*." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." msgstr "" +"Ve cómo configurar tus productos desde los vínculos presentados abajo." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Administrar mis productos " #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo mostrar varias imágenes por producto" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -141,48 +161,65 @@ msgid "" "only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " "the image into a carrousel." msgstr "" +"De forma predeterminada, la página web de su producto sólo muestra la imagen" +" principal de tu producto. Si quieres mostrar tus productos bajo varios " +"ángulos, puedes convertir la imagen en un carrusel." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 msgid "" "Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Consulta *Varias imágenes por producto* en: selección de menú: " +"`Administrador Sitio Web -> Configuración -> Herramientas´." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 msgid "" "Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" " in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." msgstr "" +"Abre un formulario de detalle del producto y carga imágenes desde la pestaña" +" *Imágenes*. Pulsa *Crear* en el modo de edición para obtener el asistente " +"de carga." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." msgstr "" +"Dicha imágen adicional es común para todas las variantes del producto (si " +"las hay)." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo mostrar la disponibilidad de un producto" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 msgid "" "The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " "your customers." msgstr "" +"La disponibilidad de tus productos se puede ver en la página web para " +"tranquilizar a tus clientes." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 msgid "" "To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " "an option in *Availability*." msgstr "" +"Para visualizar esto, abre la pestaña *Ventas* en el formulario de detalle " +"del producto y selecciona una opción en *Disponibilidad*." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 msgid "" "A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " "delay, etc." msgstr "" +"Un mensaje de advertencia personalizado puede ser cualquier cosa relacionada" +" con una salida de stock, retraso en la entrega, etc." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta no requiere la instalación de la aplicación de Inventario." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -193,7 +230,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo gestionar variantes de productos " #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -206,17 +243,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo crear atributos y variantes" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 msgid "" "Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " "size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Activar *Los productos pueden tener varios atributos, definiendo variantes " +"(Ejemplo: tamaño, color,...)* en: menuselection:`Ventas--> Ajustes`." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." msgstr "" +"Selecciona un producto de la lista de productos, ve a la pestaña *Variantes*" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -227,45 +267,49 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo editar variantes" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." msgstr "" +"Ve todas las variantes del formulario de detalle de la plantilla del " +"producto." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Puedes editar los siguientes datos:" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Imagen (se actualizará en tiempo real en el sitio web)," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Código de barra," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Referencia interna (SKU #)," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 msgid "Volume," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Volumen," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 msgid "Weight," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Peso," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activo (disponible en citas y sitio web)." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 msgid "" "Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " "to populate them once the variants generated." msgstr "" +"Tanto el código de barras como la referencia interna son específicos de cada" +" variante. Es necesario rellenarlos una vez generadas las variantes." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -276,7 +320,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo fijar precios específicos por variante" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -298,7 +342,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo desactivar/archivar variantes " #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -315,11 +359,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maximizar mis ganancias" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo vender accesorios y productos opcionales (venta cruzada)" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -330,7 +374,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Productos accesorios en la página de pago," #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -339,7 +383,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Productos accesorios al pagar" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -400,11 +444,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "" +msgstr "forzar un precio por geo-localización," #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "" +msgstr "dejar que el cliente elija la moneda." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -462,7 +506,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Establecer" +msgstr "Configuración" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -626,7 +670,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Precio" +msgstr "Fijación de precios" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 msgid "Taxes" @@ -703,7 +747,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ingenico" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 msgid "Authorize.net" @@ -719,7 +763,7 @@ msgstr "Buckaroo" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PayUmoney" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 msgid "Sips" @@ -727,11 +771,11 @@ msgstr "Sips" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stripe" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo iniciar?" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -741,7 +785,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo permitirle a los clientes guardar y reusar tarjetas de crédito?" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -779,7 +823,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo usar otras adquisiciones (avanzadas)?" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -790,15 +834,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 msgid "How to:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo?:" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cambiar a modo de desarrollador" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Toma el método de pago **personalizado**." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -809,7 +853,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Otras configuraciones" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -832,12 +876,12 @@ msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155 msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" @@ -852,16 +896,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cúal es el estado del pago?" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 msgid "" "At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." msgstr "" +"En cualquier momento, el vendedor puede verificar el estado de la " +"transacción de la orden." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Borrador*: la transacción se está procesando." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -881,18 +927,23 @@ msgid "" "*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " "confirmed." msgstr "" +"*Hecho*: el pago fue autorizado y recibido. La orden ha sido confirmada." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 msgid "" "*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " "retry the payment. The order is still in draft." msgstr "" +"*Error*: un error se ha producido durante la transacción. El cliente " +"necesita volver a intentar el pago. La orden está aún en borrador." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 msgid "" "*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " "form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." msgstr "" +"*Cancelado*: cuando el cliente cancela el pago en el formulario de " +"adquirente de pago. Es devuelto a Odoo para modificar la orden." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -927,7 +978,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Recibe el pago después de la entrega" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -950,7 +1001,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid with Paypal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo obtener un pago con Paypal?" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -958,10 +1009,13 @@ msgid "" "only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any " "starter." msgstr "" +"Paypal es el método de pago en línea más fácil de configurar. También es el " +"único sin cuota de suscripción. Sin duda lo recomendaría a cualquier " +"principiante." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:11 msgid "Set up your Paypal account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configura tu cuenta de Paypal" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -977,7 +1031,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:22 msgid "Now enter the menu **My selling tools**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ahora entra en el menú **Mis herramientas de venta**." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:27 msgid "Let's start with the **Website Preferences**." @@ -1018,6 +1072,8 @@ msgid "" "Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " "**UTF-8**." msgstr "" +"A continuación, haz clic en *Más opciones* y establece los dos formatos de " +"codificación predeterminados como **UTF-8**." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -1027,7 +1083,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74 msgid "Set up Paypal's payment method in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar Paypal como método de pago en Odoo" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -1060,11 +1116,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valor: tu Paypal *Token de identidad*" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102 msgid "Go live" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dar inicio" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -1074,7 +1130,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112 msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comisiones por transacción" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -1097,7 +1153,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128 msgid "Test the payment flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prueba el flujo de pagos" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -1140,14 +1196,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:150 msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." msgstr "" +"Ejecuta una transacción de prueba desde Odoo con la cuenta personal de " +"sandbox." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`payment`" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo los clientes pueden acceder a su cuenta?" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1170,7 +1228,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cuenta del cliente" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -1192,7 +1250,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo recibir pago a través de transferencias electrónicas" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1204,7 +1262,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo proporcionar a los clientes instrucciones de pago" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1218,7 +1276,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo administrar una orden una vez que te han pagado" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -1229,7 +1287,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo crear otros métodos de pago manuales " #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1240,4 +1298,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impuestos recaudados" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 2572b1167..f35e5a156 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergio Flores , 2017\n" +"Last-Translator: Nicole Kist , 2017\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ msgstr "Autentificación" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo permitir a usuarios acceder con su cuenta de Google" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -36,39 +36,53 @@ msgid "" "`https://console.developers.google.com/ " "`_." msgstr "" +"Accede a tu cuenta de Google y dirígete a " +"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " +"`_." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "" +"Selecciona **Crear Proyecto** e introduce el nombre y detalles del proyecto." +" " #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selecciona **Usar APIs de Google**" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." msgstr "" +"En el lado izquierdo del menú, selecciona el submenú **Credenciales** " +"(**Administrador API**) y después selecciona **Pantalla de Autorización " +"OAuth**." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." msgstr "" +"Completa tu dirección de, correo electrónico y nombre del producto (p.e. " +"Odoo) y selecciona guardar." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." msgstr "" +"Luego selecciona Agregar Credenciales y selecciona la segunda opción " +"(OAuth 2.0 ID Cliente)." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." msgstr "" +"Revisa que el tipo de aplicación está configurado en **Aplicación Web**. " +"Ahora configura las páginas permitidas en las que se te redigirá." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -76,20 +90,25 @@ msgid "" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " "Then click on **Create**" msgstr "" +"Para lograr esto, completa el campo **Authorizado a redirigir URIs**. Copia " +"y pega el siguiente link en la caja: " +"http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. Después selecciona **Crear**" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." msgstr "" +"Una vez finalizado, recibirás tu ID de Cliente y Cliente Secreto. Tienes que" +" introducir tu ID de Cliente en *Configuración General**." #: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importación de Datos" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo adaptar la plantilla de importación" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -98,22 +117,30 @@ msgid "" "any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" +"Importa plantillas provistas en la herramienta de importación de la " +"información más común (contactos, productos, resguardos bancarios, etc.). " +"Puedes abrirlos con cualquier software de hojas de cálculo (Microsoft " +"Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo customizar el archivo" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." msgstr "" +"Elimina columnas que no necesitas. Te recomendamos no eliminar la de *ID* (a" +" continuación puedes ver por qué)." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" +"Establece un ID único a cada uno de los registros arrastrando hacia abajo la" +" secuencia de ID." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -121,16 +148,22 @@ msgid "" " its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " "corresponding field using the search." msgstr "" +"Al añadir una nueva columna, es posible que Odoo no pueda mapearlo " +"automáticamente si la etiqueta no corresponde a ningún campo en el sistema. " +"Si es así, encuentra el campo correspondiente usando la búsqueda." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 msgid "" "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " "work straight away the very next time you try to import." msgstr "" +"Después utiliza la etiqueta que hayas encontrado en la plantilla de " +"importación para poder hacer que funcione directamente la próxima vez que " +"intentes importar." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Por qué una columna de *ID*" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -138,25 +171,32 @@ msgid "" "free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"El *ID* (ID Externo) es un identificador único por línea de artículo. Puedes" +" usar el correspondiente a tu software anterior para facilitar la transición" +" a Odoo." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" +"Estableciendo un ID no es obligatorio cuando estás importando pero ayuda en " +"muchos casos:" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" msgstr "" +"Actualiza importaciones: puedes importar el mismo archivo varias veces sin " +"crear duplicados;" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importa campos de relación (ver a continuación)." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo importar campos de relación" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -165,6 +205,10 @@ msgid "" "relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" +"Un objeto de Odoo siempre está relacionado a muchos otros objetos (p.e. un " +"producto está relacionado a categorías de productos, atributos, vendedores, " +"etc.). Para importar esas relaciones necesitas importar los registros del " +"objeto relacionado primero desde su propio menú." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -173,14 +217,18 @@ msgid "" "ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" +"Puedes hacerlo tanto usando el nombre del registro relacionado o su ID. El " +"ID se espera cuando dos registros tienen el mismo nombre. En tal caso añade " +"\"/ID\" al final del título de la columna (p.e. para atributos de producto: " +"Atributos de Producto/Atributo/ID). " #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 msgid "How to import data into Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo importar datos a Odoo" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 msgid "How to start" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo empezar" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -188,10 +236,13 @@ msgid "" " or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" " and even orders!" msgstr "" +"Puedes importar datos en cualquier objeto de negocio de Odoo usando tanto " +"formatos de Excel (.xlsx) o CSV (.csv): contactos, productos, resguardos " +"bancarios e incluso pedidos!" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abre la vista del objeto que quieras popular y selecciona *Importar*" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -199,18 +250,24 @@ msgid "" "data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " "already done." msgstr "" +"Ahí se te provee de plantillas que puedes popular fácilmente con tu propia " +"información. Dichas plantillas se pueden importar en un solo clic; el mapeo " +"de información ya está hecho." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 msgid "How to adapt the template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo añadir la plantilla" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" +"Añade, elimina y organiza columnas para adaptarse a la estructura de tu " +"información." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "" +"Aconsejamos no eliminar el *ID* (averigua por qué en la siguente sección)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -219,16 +276,22 @@ msgid "" "columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " "corresponding field." msgstr "" +"Al añadir una nueva columna, es posible que Odoo no pueda mapearlo " +"automáticamente si la etiqueta no corresponde a ningún campo en el sistema. " +"Si es así, puedes mapear las nuevas columnas manualmente cuando testees la " +"importación. Encuentra el campo correspondiente usando la búsqueda." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." msgstr "" +"A continuación, usa la etiqueta de este campo en tu archivo para hacerlo " +"funcionar bien la siguiente vez." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 msgid "How to import from another application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo importar desde otra aplicación" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -249,7 +312,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" -msgstr "" +msgstr "No puedo encontrar este campo y quiero mapear mi columna a" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -271,7 +334,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Dónde puedo cambiar el formato de fecha de importación?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -301,7 +364,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Puedo importar números con signos de divisa (p.e.: $32.00)?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index d278a9cef..a1652caac 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: José Vicente , 2017\n" +"Last-Translator: Nicole Kist , 2017\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1673,21 +1673,29 @@ msgid "" "any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" +"Importa plantillas provistas en la herramienta de importación de datos " +"(contactos, productos, resguardos bancarios, etc.). Puedes abrirlos con " +"cualquier software de hojas de cálculo (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google" +" Drive, etc.)." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo customizar el archivo" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." msgstr "" +"Elimina columnas que no necesitas. Te recomendamos no eliminar la de *ID* (a" +" continuación puedes ver por qué)." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" +"Establece un ID único a cada uno de los registros arrastrando hacia abajo la" +" secuencia de ID." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -1705,7 +1713,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Por qué una columna de *ID*" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -1717,20 +1725,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" +"Estableciendo un ID no es obligatorio cuando estás importando pero ayuda en " +"muchos casos:" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" msgstr "" +"Actualiza importaciones: puedes importar el mismo archivo varias veces sin " +"crear duplicados;" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importa campos de relación (ver a continuación)." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo importar campos de relación" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1739,6 +1751,10 @@ msgid "" "relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" +"Un objeto de Odoo siempre está relacionado a muchos otros objetos (p.e. un " +"producto está relacionado a categorías de productos, atributos, vendedores, " +"etc.). Para importar esas relaciones necesitas importar los registros del " +"objeto relacionado primero desde su propio menú." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -1747,6 +1763,10 @@ msgid "" "ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" +"Puedes hacerlo tanto usando el nombre del registro relacionado o su ID. El " +"ID se espera cuando dos registros tienen el mismo nombre. En tal caso añade " +"\"/ID\" al final del título de la columna (p.e. para atributos de producto: " +"Atributos de Producto/Atributo/ID). " #: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Set taxes" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index d532dc464..15c9bce56 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -24,11 +24,12 @@ msgstr "Sitio web" #: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Optimizar" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" msgstr "" +"Cómo realizar el seguimiento del tráfico de tu sitio web en Google Analytics" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" @@ -65,7 +66,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" @@ -105,7 +106,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear credenciales para usar en Odoo" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -189,7 +190,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:23 msgid "Page speed" -msgstr "Página Rápida " +msgstr "Velocidad de la página" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:26 msgid "Introduction" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 2bd9c7695..333384e78 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: leemannd , 2017\n" +"Last-Translator: fr rev , 2017\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -9688,7 +9688,7 @@ msgstr "Explication des champs de l'écran de paiement :" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Has Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Présente des factures" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" @@ -9696,7 +9696,7 @@ msgstr "Champ technique utilisé à des fins ergonomiques" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Hide Payment Method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Masquer la méthode de paiement" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index c4e3b93c3..ce834eb82 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Melanie Bernard , 2017\n" +"Last-Translator: Eloïse Stilmant , 2017\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Catalogue d'articles" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index a178e839d..6534a19bc 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Bertrand LATOUR , 2017\n" +"Last-Translator: françois futhazar , 2017\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 msgid "How to add a user" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment ajouter un utilisateur" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 9ad306973..7f8c7bccb 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 15:59+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Xavier Belmere , 2017\n" +"Last-Translator: lap.odoo , 2017\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -3822,7 +3822,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 msgid "$20" -msgstr "" +msgstr "20$" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" @@ -6407,7 +6407,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40 msgid "Landed Cost Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Types de coûts logistiques" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:42 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index 99a85e1cc..9d5bae164 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Adriana Ierfino , 2017\n" +"Last-Translator: Lucas Deliege , 2017\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -2038,7 +2038,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 msgid "Sales Channel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Equipe de vente" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 msgid "This Point of sale's sales will be related to this Sales Channel." diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index e6dbc6b92..a9394fad9 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -1119,7 +1119,7 @@ msgstr "Afletteren bank" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 msgid "Configure model of entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configureer model of boekingen" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1234,13 +1234,15 @@ msgstr "We kunnen direct een betaling op de facturen registreren" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:17 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "We kunnen open facturen afletteren met bankafschriften" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:22 msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All we need to " "do is install the accounting app." msgstr "" +"Er is geen speciale configuratie vereist om facturen te registreren. U hoeft" +" enkel de boekhouding app te installeren." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:29 msgid "User cases" @@ -1349,7 +1351,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Druk op CTRL-Enter om alle gebalanceerde lijnen af te letteren." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" @@ -1798,7 +1800,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cheque afdrukken betalingsmethode geselecteerd" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -2649,7 +2651,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vergeet uw wijzigingen niet te bewaren." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 msgid "Create an Analytical account." @@ -4172,6 +4174,8 @@ msgid "" "In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " "in **Dollars**." msgstr "" +"In dit document is de basis valuta **Euro** en we registreren betalingen in " +"**dollar**." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -4220,6 +4224,8 @@ msgid "" "Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " "click on **Add** to allocate the payment." msgstr "" +"Ga terug naar uw factuur (:menuselection:`Verkopen --> Klantfacturen`) en " +"klik op **toevoegen** om de betaling toe te wijzen." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" @@ -4294,7 +4300,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wisselkoers dagboek" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -4469,7 +4475,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`exchange`" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe facturen & betalingen registreren in meerdere valuta's?" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -4492,6 +4498,10 @@ msgid "" "Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" " the amounts automatically using that currency." msgstr "" +"Wanneer een factuur wordt aangemaakt kan de valuta heel gemakkelijk " +"gewijzigd worden; Odoo gebruikt wel de bedrijfsvaluta als standaard " +"toewijzing. Het converteert automatisch de aantallen die deze valuta " +"gebruiken." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" @@ -4502,6 +4512,8 @@ msgid "" "For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr "" +"Gelieve de documentatie te lezen voor informatie over meerdere valuta: " +":doc:`how_it_works`" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -4535,7 +4547,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bank afschriften in meerdere valuta" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -4619,7 +4631,7 @@ msgstr "Gebaseerd op periodes (bijvoorbeeld winst en verlies)" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:45 msgid "Based on a single date (eg Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gebaseerd op een enkele datum (bijvoorbeeld balans)" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -4719,7 +4731,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Saldo overzicht**" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" @@ -4731,11 +4743,11 @@ msgstr "**Grootboekschema**" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 msgid "**Executive Summary**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Managementsamenvatting**" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 msgid "**General Ledger**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Grootboek**" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 msgid "**Aged Payable**" @@ -4743,11 +4755,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Te late betalers**" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Cashflow afschriften**" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 msgid "**Tax Report**" @@ -4755,7 +4767,7 @@ msgstr "**Belasting rapport**" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Afletteren bank**" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -4795,11 +4807,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rekeningschema" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Een overzicht van al uw rekeningen gegroepeerd per klasse." #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 msgid "Executive Summary" @@ -4833,7 +4845,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**netto winst marge:**" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -4845,7 +4857,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Rendement op investering (p.a):**" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -4859,7 +4871,7 @@ msgstr "**Positie:**" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Gemiddeld aantal dagen debiteuren:**" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -5301,7 +5313,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe belastingen aanpassen aan de klantstatus of locatie" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5353,6 +5365,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " "for the customer." msgstr "" +"Odoo zal deze fiscale positie gebruiken voor elke order/factuur die " +"opgemaakt is voor deze klant." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -5364,6 +5378,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" msgstr "" +"Wijzig belastingen aan de hand van uw klant zijn adres (locatie gebaseerd)" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -5382,18 +5397,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vink de optie *Automatisch detecteren* aan." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 msgid "" "Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." msgstr "" +"Selecteer een landgroep, land, provincie of gemeente om de belasting mapping" +" te doen afgaan." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 msgid "" "This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " "fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." msgstr "" +"Op deze manier zal Odoo indien er geen fiscale positie is ingesteld de " +"fiscale positie kiezen die overeenkomt met het verzendadres bij het aanmaken" +" van een order." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -5427,22 +5447,22 @@ msgstr ":doc:`create`" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:83 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe kasbasis belastingen beheren" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5462,7 +5482,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe kasbasis belastingen configureren?" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -5481,7 +5501,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:39 msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wat is de impact van kasbasis belastingen op mijn boekhouding?" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -5492,27 +5512,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:46 msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klantfacturen dagboek" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:50 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ontvangsten $115" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:76 msgid "Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Belastingrekening $15" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Omzetrekening $100" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:57 msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Een paar dagen later kan u de betaling ontvangen:" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 msgid "Bank Journal" @@ -5520,7 +5540,7 @@ msgstr "Bankdagboek" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:64 msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bank $115" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -5543,7 +5563,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe nieuwe belastingen aanmaken" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5569,10 +5589,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." msgstr "" +"Kies een gebied: Verkopen, Aankopen of Geen (bijvoorbeeld verouderde " +"belastingen)." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selecteer een berekeningsmethode:" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." @@ -5581,6 +5603,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" msgstr "" +"**Percentage van prijs**: meest voorkomend (bijvoorbeeld 15% " +"verkoopbelasting)" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." @@ -5613,7 +5637,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geavanceerde configuratie" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -5681,7 +5705,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe belastingen weerhouden beheren?" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5763,7 +5787,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe BTW inbegrepen prijzen instellen" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5851,6 +5875,8 @@ msgid "" "Create a free account on `*TaxCloud* `__ " "website." msgstr "" +"Maak een gratis account op de `*TaxCloud* " +"`__ website." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "Register your website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." @@ -5888,6 +5914,8 @@ msgid "" "For products under a specific category, select it in its detail form (in " "*Sales* tab)." msgstr "" +"Selecteer dit in het detailformulier (in de *verkopen* tab) voor producten " +"onder een specifieke categorie." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -5925,7 +5953,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 msgid "How to create specific tax mappings using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe specifieke tax mappings aanmaken met TaxCloud" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -6034,7 +6062,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dubbele boekhouding" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -6310,6 +6338,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." msgstr "" +"Gebruik vervolgens het SEPA protocol of print cheque's om leveranciers in " +"bulk te betalen." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." @@ -6439,6 +6469,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" msgstr "" +"voorbeelden van boekhoudkundige boekingen voor verschillende transacties. " +"Bijvoorbeeld:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" @@ -6477,7 +6509,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Belasting: gedefinieerd op de belasting ingesteld op de factuurlijn" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -6544,7 +6576,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 msgid "Customer Statement Example" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rekeningoverzicht voorbeeld" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 @@ -6940,7 +6972,7 @@ msgstr "Proces overzicht" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 msgid "From Invoice to Payment Collection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Van factuur naar betaling ontvangen" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7003,6 +7035,8 @@ msgid "" "The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " "While these invoices" msgstr "" +"Het systeem genereert facturen die initieel in de concept fase zaten. " +"Terwijl deze facturen" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -7044,7 +7078,7 @@ msgstr "de bovenkant van de factuur, met klant informatie," #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," -msgstr "" +msgstr "de hoofdinhoud van de factuur, met gedetailleerde factuurlijnen," #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." @@ -7053,7 +7087,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Open of proforma facturen" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -7868,6 +7902,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." msgstr "" +"Dit rapport verteld u hoeveel u de komende maanden zult moeten betalen." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 msgid "Select bills to pay" @@ -7890,7 +7925,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 msgid "Pay supplier bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Betaling leverancier rekeningen" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" @@ -7975,7 +8010,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Een leverancier betalen met een cheque gebeurd in drie stappen:" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" @@ -7987,7 +8022,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 msgid "reconcile bank statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "bankafschriften afletteren" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 msgid "Register a payment by check" @@ -8056,7 +8091,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 msgid "Print checks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Print cheques" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -8082,7 +8117,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bankafschriften afletteren" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -8124,11 +8159,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 msgid "`Print checks `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Print cheques`_" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Bankafschriften afletteren `_" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" @@ -8797,6 +8832,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." msgstr "" +"Uw leverancier stuurt u een gedeeltelijke rekening of vraagt een voorschot." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 4293e7ab1..249bcd2c5 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -77,6 +77,8 @@ msgid "" "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " "of data." msgstr "" +"Selecteer *web browser (Javascript) als bron en *Gebruiker data* als type " +"data." #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -1327,7 +1329,7 @@ msgstr "pkg-config" #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:24 msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om libsrtp te installeren volgt u onderstaande instructies:" #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -1350,7 +1352,7 @@ msgstr "**Bouw en installeer pjproject:**" #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:57 msgid "**Update shared library links:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Update gedeelde library links:**" #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:63 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" @@ -1415,7 +1417,7 @@ msgstr "DTLS certificaten" #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:127 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hierna moet u de DTLS certificaten opzetten." #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:133 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" @@ -3292,6 +3294,8 @@ msgid "" "**Won** : the prospect confirmed his quotation and received a sales order. " "He is now a customer" msgstr "" +"**Gewonnen**: de prospect heeft de offerte bevestigd en ontvangt een " +"verkooporder. Hij is nu een klant" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:119 msgid "*Success rate : 100%*" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index b77b3d6d3..92e96316d 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -41,6 +41,10 @@ msgid "" "administrator of the database you want to duplicate. After that, click on " "the **Manage Your Databases** button." msgstr "" +"Ga naar de `database beheer pagina `__ " +"(u moet zich aanmelden). Zorg er vervolgens voor dat u aangemeld bent als " +"administrator van de database die u wilt dupliceren. Klik vervolgens op de " +"**Beheer databases** knop." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -48,6 +52,9 @@ msgid "" "buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" " to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." msgstr "" +"Op de lijn van de database die u wilt dupliceren vind u een paar knoppen. Om" +" u database te dupliceren klikt u op **Dupliceren**. U moet een naam ingeven" +" om te dupliceren, klik vervolgens op **Database dupliceren**." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:36 msgid "A duplicated database has the same behaviour as a real one:" @@ -63,7 +70,7 @@ msgstr "Betalingen worden verwerkt (in de online shop bijvoorbeeld)" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afleverorders (leveranciers) zijn verzonden" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:44 msgid "Etc." @@ -156,10 +163,12 @@ msgid "" "A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " "as it will be deactivated shortly:" msgstr "" +"Een bevestigingsbericht zal verschijnen; zorg ervoor dat dit zeker de " +"correcte database is en ze wordt binnenkort gedeactiveerd:" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Heeft u de geüpdatet versie van Odoo 9?" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190 @@ -192,19 +201,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 msgid "Too much users error message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Te veel gebruikers foutmelding" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84 msgid "" "If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" " Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" msgstr "" +"Indien u meer gebruikers in uw lokale database heeft dan toegewezen in uw " +"Odoo Enterprise abonnement kan u deze melding krijgen:" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:93 msgid "" "When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " "countdown is updated everyday." msgstr "" +"Wanneer het bericht verschijnt heeft u 30 dagen voordat de database vervalt." +" De teller wordt elke dag geüpdatet." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -255,6 +268,7 @@ msgid "" "Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " "that" msgstr "" +"Vernieuw uw abonnement: volg de link en vernieuw uw abonnement - merk op dat" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -272,6 +286,8 @@ msgid "" "None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " "`__" msgstr "" +"Werkte deze oplossingen niet voor u? Contacteer dan onze `Support " +"`__" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145 msgid "Force an Update Notification" @@ -290,7 +306,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:154 msgid "Connect to the database with the **Administrator** account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maak connectie met de database met de **Administrator** account" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -313,7 +329,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 msgid "Refresh the page, the \"Expiration\" notification should be gone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vernieuw de pagina, de \"Vervallen\" notificatie zou weg moeten zijn" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -355,7 +371,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gebruikers en mogelijkheden" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -390,6 +406,9 @@ msgid "" " ` and :ref:`on premise ` " "installations." msgstr "" +"U kan handleidingen vinden over hoe uw database te dupliceren voor beide " +":ref:`online ` en :ref:`lokale ` " +"installaties." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index 2341962e8..e62f3bd3d 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -39,6 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "solution that works straight away. However you can still use your own email " "servers with the online edition. Some insights are provided here below." msgstr "" +"Uw eigen e-mail servers gebruiken is vereist om berichten te verzenden en " +"ontvangen in Odoo community of enterprise. Odoo online biedt out of the box " +"e-mail oplossingen aan. U kan nog altijd uw eigen e-mailservers gebruiken " +"met de online versie, indien nodig. Sommige inzichten vind u hieronder." #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:14 msgid "How to set it up" @@ -50,6 +54,10 @@ msgid "" "check *External Email Servers* (watch out: this checkbox only shows up after" " Odoo 10). Then, go through the following steps." msgstr "" +"Als systeembeheerder gaat u naar :menuselection:`Instellingen --> Algemene " +"instellingen` en vinkt u de optie *Externe e-mail server* aan (opgepast: " +"deze optie verschijnt enkel sinds Odoo 10). Ga vervolgens door de volgende " +"stappen." #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -70,6 +78,9 @@ msgid "" "etc.) as well as your admin credentials. Once all the information has been " "filled out, click on *Test Connection*." msgstr "" +"U heeft de SMTP data van uw e-mail provider nodig (Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, " +"AOL, enz.) en uw administrator logingegevens. Wanneer alle informatie is " +"ingegeven klikt u op *Test connectie*." #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:35 msgid "Set an incoming email server for inbound messages" @@ -134,6 +145,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79 msgid "You can edit the email alias used for bounced messages the same way." msgstr "" +"U kan de e-mail alias wijzigen op dezelde manier als voor bounced berichten." #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:82 msgid "How to use my own email servers with Odoo Online" @@ -276,7 +288,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe de Twitter feed volgen vanuit Odoo" #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -375,7 +387,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bureaublad notificaties vanuit Discussie" #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -387,7 +399,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe responsief zijn op het werk dankzij de Odoo inbox" #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -398,7 +410,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "U kan de **Inbox** in het oog houden vanuit elk scherm." #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -426,7 +438,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe efficiënt communiceren in team met kanalen" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -438,7 +450,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 msgid "Creating a channel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maak een kanaal aan" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -465,7 +477,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 msgid "Configuring a channel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Een kanaal configureren" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -537,7 +549,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe een discussie thread volgen en definiëren wat u erover wilt horen" #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index bed6bd832..a30c5a86d 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -59,6 +59,10 @@ msgid "" "them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" " page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." msgstr "" +"Verhoog de zichtbaarheid van uw Ster / Promotie artikelen: zet ze bovenaan, " +"maak ze groter, voeg een lint toe dat u kan wijzigen (Uitverkoop, Nieuw, " +"enz). Open de shop pagina, wissel naar de bewerkingsmodus en klik op eender " +"welk item om het raster aan te passen." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -192,7 +196,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Deze tool vereist niet dat de voorraad module geïnstalleerd is." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -227,6 +231,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." msgstr "" +"Selecteer een product vanuit de productenlijst, ga naar het *Varianten* " +"tabblad." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -299,12 +305,16 @@ msgid "" "The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " "attribute value is selected." msgstr "" +"De extra prijs wordt toegevoegd aan de productprijs wanneer de " +"overeenkomende attribuut waarde geselecteerd is." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 msgid "" "Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " "product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." msgstr "" +"Prijslijst formules laten u toe om geavanceerde prijsberekeningen te doen " +"voor product varianten. Zie :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 msgid "How to disable/archive variants" @@ -349,7 +359,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Product accessoires op de check-out pagina" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -362,6 +372,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." msgstr "" +"Selecteer optionele items in het *Verkopen* tabblad van de product detail " +"pagina." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -411,6 +423,7 @@ msgstr "Hoe prijzen wijzigen aan de hand van mijn website bezoekers" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" msgstr "" +"Deze sectie schijnt licht op de prijs mogelijkheden van de e-commerce app:" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 msgid "force a price by geo-localization," @@ -496,12 +509,18 @@ msgid "" "Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " "*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." msgstr "" +"Maak het promotiecode veld beschikbaar op uw *winkelmandje* pagina (optie in" +" *Personaliseer* menu). Voeg een product aan het winkelmandje toe om het te " +"zien." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 msgid "" "Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " "prices get automatically updated in the cart." msgstr "" +"Eenmaal dit geactiveerd is ziet u een nieuwe sectie aan de rechterkant. Na " +"klikken op *Toepassen* worden de prijzen in het winkelmandje automatisch " +"geüpdatet." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -555,12 +574,15 @@ msgid "" "By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " "follower." msgstr "" +"Standaard wordt de maker van het product automatisch als volger toegevoegd." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 msgid "" "Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " "the product discussion thread)." msgstr "" +"Klik op de productnaam om het detailscherm te openen en de commentaar te " +"reviewen (in de product discussie thread)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 msgid "Moderate & unpublish" @@ -648,7 +670,7 @@ msgstr "BTW" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Checkout proces" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" @@ -683,6 +705,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " "Invoicing apps." msgstr "" +"Odoo biedt meerdere betaalmogelijkheden aan om betaald te worden in de " +"webshop, verkopen en facturatie apps." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 msgid "What are the payment methods available" @@ -782,7 +806,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Deze optie is mogelijk met Ingenico en Authorize.net." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -812,7 +836,7 @@ msgstr "Wisselen naar ontwikkelaarsmodus." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Neem de **aangepaste** betaalmethode." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -872,6 +896,7 @@ msgstr "Wat is de betalingsstatus" msgid "" "At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." msgstr "" +"Op elk moment kan de verkoper de transactiestatus bekijken vanuit het order." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." @@ -895,18 +920,24 @@ msgid "" "*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " "confirmed." msgstr "" +"*Voltooid*: de betaling is geautoriseerd en gecapteerd. De order is " +"bevestigd." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 msgid "" "*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " "retry the payment. The order is still in draft." msgstr "" +"*Fout*: er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de transactie. De klant moet de " +"betaling opnieuw proberen. De order bevind zich nog steeds in concept." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 msgid "" "*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " "form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." msgstr "" +"*Geannuleerd*: wanneer de klant de betaling annuleert in het betaalscherm. " +"Ze worden teruggebracht naar Odoo om het order te wijzigen." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -917,7 +948,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valideer facturen automatisch vanuit order" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -941,7 +972,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ontvang de betaling na de levering" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -972,6 +1003,9 @@ msgid "" "only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any " "starter." msgstr "" +"Paypay is de gemakkelijkste online betaalmethode om te configureren. Het is " +"ook de enige zonder een abonnementskost. We adviseren dit absoluut aan een " +"starter." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:11 msgid "Set up your Paypal account" @@ -988,14 +1022,16 @@ msgid "" "Log in to `Paypal `__ and open the settings of your " "**Profile**." msgstr "" +"Log in op `Paypal `__ en open de instellingen van uw" +" **Profiel**." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:22 msgid "Now enter the menu **My selling tools**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ga nu naar het menu **Mijn verkooptools**." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:27 msgid "Let's start with the **Website Preferences**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Laten we starten met de **Website voorkeuren**." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -1042,7 +1078,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74 msgid "Set up Paypal's payment method in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stel Paypal's betaalmethode in op Odoo" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -1056,6 +1092,8 @@ msgid "" "They are both provided in your Paypal profile, under :menuselection:`My " "business info`." msgstr "" +"Ze zijn beide beschikbaar vanuit het Paypal profiel, onder " +":menuselection:`Mijn bedrijfsinformatie`." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -1075,7 +1113,7 @@ msgstr "Sleutel: payment_paypal.pdt_token" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Waarde: uw Paypal *identiteitstoken*" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102 msgid "Go live" @@ -1086,6 +1124,8 @@ msgid "" "Your configuration is now ready! You can make Paypal visible on your " "merchant interface and activate the **Production mode**." msgstr "" +"Uw configuratie is nu klaar! U kan Paypal zichtbaar maken op uw handelaars " +"interface en de **Productiemodus** activeren." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112 msgid "Transaction fees" @@ -1158,6 +1198,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:150 msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." msgstr "" +"Voer een testtransactie uit vanuit Odoo met de persoonlijke sandbox account." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`payment`" @@ -1165,7 +1206,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`payment`" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe klanten aan hun klantenaccount kunnen" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1234,7 +1275,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ze verschijnen voor de klanten wanneer ze een order plaatsen." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" @@ -1249,7 +1290,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe manueel andere betaalmethodes aanmaken" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index f718b18cd..c6ad56889 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -55,6 +55,8 @@ msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." msgstr "" +"Selecteer in het linkse submenu **Aanmeldgegevens** (vanuit **API " +"beheerder**) en selecteer vervolgens **OAuth toestemmingsscherm**." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -75,6 +77,8 @@ msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." msgstr "" +"Controleer of het applicatie type is ingesteld op **Web applicatie**. " +"Configureer nu de toegestane pagina's bij welke u wordt doorverwezen." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -88,6 +92,8 @@ msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." msgstr "" +"Eenmaal dit klaar is ontvangt u twee stukken informatie (uw cliënt ID en uw " +"cliënt secret). U moet uw cliënt id ingeven onder **Algemene instellingen**." #: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" @@ -204,6 +210,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." msgstr "" +"Open de weergave van het object dat u wilt opvullen en klik op *Importeer*." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -219,10 +226,14 @@ msgstr "Hoe de template wijzigen" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" +"Voeg kolommen toe, verwijder ze en soort ze zodat ze zo goed mogelijk bij uw" +" datastructuur passen." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "" +"We adviseren u om het veld **ID** niet weg te halen (waarom ziet u in de " +"volgende sectie)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -237,6 +248,8 @@ msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." msgstr "" +"Gebruik vervolgens dit veld zijn label in uw bestand om het de volgende keer" +" direct te doen werken." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 msgid "How to import from another application" @@ -396,6 +409,8 @@ msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" msgstr "" +"Hoe kan ik het CSV bestandsformaat wijzigen wanneer ik deze bewaar in de " +"spreadsheet applicatie?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -492,6 +507,8 @@ msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." msgstr "" +"Gebruik Land/Externe ID: Gebruik externe ID wanneer u data importeert vanuit" +" een externe applicatie." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -545,6 +562,8 @@ msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" msgstr "" +"Hoe kan ik een many2many relatieveld importeren (bijvoorbeeld een klant met " +"meerdere labels)?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -612,6 +631,8 @@ msgid "" "`Customers and their respective contacts " "<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." msgstr "" +"`Klanten en hun respectievelijke contacten " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" @@ -632,6 +653,9 @@ msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." msgstr "" +"Deze optie geeft u de mogelijkheid om de importeer en exporteer functie van " +"Odoo te gebruiken voor het bewerken van een hele reeks record in uw " +"favoriete spreadsheet applicatie." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" @@ -781,6 +805,8 @@ msgid "" "`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" "users>`_" msgstr "" +"`Gebruikers deactiveren <../../db_management/documentation.html" +"#deactivating-users>`_" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46 msgid ":doc:`../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team`" @@ -795,6 +821,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." msgstr "" +"Odoo geeft u de mogelijkheid om Odoo in meerdere talen te beheren en elke " +"gebruiker kan Odoo gebruiken in zijn eigen taal." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" @@ -834,6 +862,8 @@ msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" +"Wijzig vervolgens de taal door ze in te stellen op uw geïnstalleerde taal en" +" klik op **Opslaan**." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." @@ -848,6 +878,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " "language." msgstr "" +"Odoo geeft u ook de mogelijkheid om de gewenste taal voor elke gebruiker in " +"te stellen." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index 13b03b78f..949c8658e 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -79,6 +79,10 @@ msgid "" "someone else in your company, contact our support using our `online support " "form `__." msgstr "" +"Indien u deze e-mail niet ontvangen heeft, bijvoorbeeld omdat de betaling " +"door iemand anders in het bedrijf is gemaakt, contacteert u onze " +"ondersteuning via het `online ondersteuningsformulier " +"`__." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -176,6 +180,8 @@ msgid "" "Watch the webinars on our `Youtube channel " "`__" msgstr "" +"Bekijk de webinars op ons `Youtube kanaal " +"`__" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -238,7 +244,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121 msgid "Integrate 90% of your business, not 100%" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Integreer 90% van uw bedrjif, geen 100%" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:123 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index db66223a0..0529fb263 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -1044,6 +1044,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" msgstr "" +"Punten om rekening mee te houden bij de implementatie van drop-shipping" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -1118,7 +1119,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 msgid "How to send products from the customers directly to the suppliers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe producten direct vanuit de klanten naar de leveranciers te sturen" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -1239,7 +1240,7 @@ msgstr "Gelieve de documentatie te lezen op :doc:`three_steps`" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 msgid "How can I change the label type?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe kan ik het type label wijzigen?" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1256,7 +1257,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kies een levermethode en klik vervolgens op **Wijzigen**." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1270,6 +1271,8 @@ msgid "" "Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " "you create a new sale order." msgstr "" +"Eenmaal dit gedaan is kan u het resultaat zien wanneer u de Verkoop module " +"opent en een nieuwe verkooporder aanmaakt." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -1285,7 +1288,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe leverorders in één stap verwerken (verzending)?" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1376,7 +1379,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe kan u het soort verpakking wijzigen voor uw verkooporder?" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1399,15 +1402,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 msgid "*Sale process*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Verkoopproces*" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." msgstr "" +"Ga naar **Verkopen** en klik op **Verkooporder** in de **Verkoop** module." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maak uw nieuwe verkooporder en **Bevestig de verkoop**." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -1439,7 +1443,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klik uiteindelijk op **Valideren** om de levering te bevestigen." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" @@ -4356,7 +4360,7 @@ msgstr "Verkooporderregel" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verkooporderlijn voorbeeld: dropshipping" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 msgid "Order:" @@ -4364,7 +4368,7 @@ msgstr "Order:" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 msgid "Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leverancier → Klant" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230 msgid "Push Rules" @@ -4661,6 +4665,8 @@ msgid "" "Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " "Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." msgstr "" +"Ga naar de **Aankopen** applicatie. Het eerste scherm is de " +"**Offerteaanvraag** lijst. Klik op de knop **Aanmaken**." #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -4754,12 +4760,14 @@ msgid "" "Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" " team." msgstr "" +"Ga naar de **Verkopen** applicatie. Klik op de **Offertes** knop van uw " +"team." #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 msgid "" "You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** " "button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "U krijgt een lijst van al uw offertes. Klik op de **Aanmaken** knop." #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -4788,6 +4796,8 @@ msgid "" "On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related " "**Delivery**:" msgstr "" +"In de rechtse bovenhoek van uw verkooporder ziet u de knop met de " +"gerelateerde **Levering**:" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -4797,13 +4807,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klik in de lijst op degene gerelateerd aan de verkooporder:" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 msgid "" "If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**" " on your dashboard." msgstr "" +"Indien het product niet in stock is zal de verkooporder getoond worden als " +"**Wachtend** op uw dashboard." #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 msgid "Process the delivery" @@ -4881,7 +4893,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 msgid "Set up your warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zet uw magazijn op" #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 msgid "Import your vendors" @@ -4893,7 +4905,7 @@ msgstr "Importeer uw producten" #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 msgid "Set up the initial inventory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zet de initiële voorraad op" #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" @@ -5537,6 +5549,8 @@ msgid "" "In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" " the sales order." msgstr "" +"Om dit te doen werken moet ook het gebruik van routes activeren op de " +"verkooporder." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -5625,7 +5639,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40 msgid "Landed Cost Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kostensoorten" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -5727,6 +5741,8 @@ msgid "" "We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " "product quality." msgstr "" +"We moeten dit type van product in verschillende locaties opslaan om " +"productkwaliteit te onderhouden." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -5769,7 +5785,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Daar kan u de huidige voorraad zien per locatie." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" @@ -5811,7 +5827,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 msgid "Types of removal strategy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Soorten verwijder strategieën" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" @@ -5894,7 +5910,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -5979,19 +5995,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Product gebruiksduur --> Beste voor datum" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Product verwijdertijd --> Verwijderdatum" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Product levensduur --> Einde levensduur datum" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Product waarschuwingstijd --> Waarschuwingsdatum" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -6064,6 +6080,8 @@ msgid "" "It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" " the removal dates." msgstr "" +"Het neemt ``10kg`` van ``LOT0002`` en ``5KG`` van ``LOT0003`` gebaseerd op " +"de verwijderdatums." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" @@ -6101,6 +6119,8 @@ msgid "" "Once you activate the option, you will be able to manage one or several " "packages when doing your transfers." msgstr "" +"Eenmaal u de optie activeert kan u één of meerdere pakketten beheren wanneer" +" u mutaties doet." #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -6244,6 +6264,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." msgstr "" +"U kan Odoo opzetten om te werken met meerdere maateenheden voor een product." #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -6278,7 +6299,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klik op de wijzigen knop |edit| om nieuwe maateenheden aan te maken." #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" @@ -6301,7 +6322,7 @@ msgstr "In dit voorbeeld zitten we in de eieren markt:" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "We kopen eieren per schaal (30 eieren)" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" @@ -6340,7 +6361,7 @@ msgstr "De maateenheid kan ook gewijzigd worden op de inkooporder:" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "The quality control is done by unit." -msgstr "" +msgstr "De kwaliteitscontrole is gedaan per eenheid." #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -6427,7 +6448,7 @@ msgstr "Verpakking" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verpakking in de fysieke container die uw product beschermd." #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -6437,7 +6458,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." -msgstr "" +msgstr "In Odoo worden verpakkingen gebruikt voor indicatieve doeleinden." #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -6447,7 +6468,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wilt u pakketten, verpakkingen of maateenheden gebruiken?" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -7520,15 +7541,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Een DHL.com SiteID" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A DHL Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Een DHL wachtwoord" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 msgid "A DHL Account Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Een DHL rekeningnummer" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -7544,7 +7565,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SiteID en wachtwoord ophalen voor verenigde staten" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -7560,15 +7581,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**SiteID**: KlantTest" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Wachtwoord**: alkd89nBV" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**DHL rekeningnummer**: 803921577" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" @@ -7701,23 +7722,23 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe UPS login gegevens krijgen voor integratie met Odoo?" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om de Odoo UPS API te gebruiken moet u:" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Een UPS.com gebruikersid en wachtwoord" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A UPS account number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Een UPS rekeningnummer" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 msgid "An Access Key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Een toegangssleutel" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -7727,7 +7748,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 msgid "Create a UPS Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maak een UPS rekening" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -7775,11 +7796,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klik op het **Mijn UPS** tabblad." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klik op de **Rekening samenvatting** link." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -7796,11 +7817,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klik op de **Volgende** knop om verder te gaan." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 msgid "Get an Access Key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Krijg een toegangssleutel" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -7814,18 +7835,21 @@ msgid "" "`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " "`__" msgstr "" +"1. Ga naar de **UPS ontwikkelaars kit** webpagina " +"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " +"`__" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Login bij UPS.com met uw gebruikersid en wachtwoord" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klik op de link **Toegangssleutel aanvragen**." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 msgid "Verify your contact information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Controleer uw contactgegevens" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po index 0d16a54bb..de1891c81 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -107,12 +107,16 @@ msgid "" "Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " "multiple\" fields" msgstr "" +"Toon tooltips voor de velden *minimale hoeveelheid*, *maximale hoeveelheid* " +"en *meerdere hoeveelheden*" #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:47 msgid "" "Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " "\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." msgstr "" +"Klik vervolgens op uw product om het gerelateerde productformulier en het " +"\"Voorraad submenu\" te zien, vergeet geen leverancier aan te duiden." #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:54 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index 5743013f5..a2a8f1cfc 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -861,7 +861,7 @@ msgstr "Klik op de **Kassabon opnieuw afdrukken** knop in de Kassa interface." #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:32 msgid "The last printed receipt will be printed again." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Het laatst geprinte ticket wordt opnieuw geprint." #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 msgid "Analyze sales" @@ -1613,6 +1613,8 @@ msgid "" "``$ ./odoo.py " "--load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_posbox_upgrade,hw_scale,hw_scanner,hw_escpos``" msgstr "" +"``$ ./odoo.py " +"--load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_posbox_upgrade,hw_scale,hw_scanner,hw_escpos``" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:275 msgid "Test the instance" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index eb8f491b5..b7687a209 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -906,6 +906,8 @@ msgid "" "With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " "project gets an automatic email address." msgstr "" +"Met Odoo online is de e-mail gateway al geconfigureerd waardoor elk project " +"automatisch een e-mailadres krijgt." #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 msgid "" @@ -1905,6 +1907,8 @@ msgid "" "When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " "Forecast\" in your project settings." msgstr "" +"Zorg ervoor dat u de optie \"Voorspelling toestaan\" aanvinkt in de " +"projectinstellingen wanneer u een nieuw project aanmaakt." #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index b2307a60f..ae6340e8d 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -1311,6 +1311,8 @@ msgid "" "Double validation on purchases forces a validation when the purchased amount" " exceeds a certain limit." msgstr "" +"Dubbele validatie op aankopen forceert een validatie wanneer het aangekochte" +" bedrag boven een bepaalde limiet ligt." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -1488,6 +1490,8 @@ msgid "" "Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the **Inventory** " "application." msgstr "" +"Valideer de inkooporder en ontvang producten vanuit de **Magazijn** " +"applicatie." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:89 msgid "Receiving Products" @@ -1567,6 +1571,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:154 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." msgstr "" +"Uw leverancier stuurt u een gedeeltelijke rekening of vraagt een voorschot." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:156 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index a5b0d27f9..0f6629edc 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -39,12 +39,18 @@ msgid "" "A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " "Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." msgstr "" +"Portaaltoegang wordt gegeven aan een gebruiker die toegang nodig heeft tot " +"de Odoo instantie, om bepaalde documenten of informatie in het systeem te " +"kunnen bekijken." #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 msgid "" "For Example: 1. A long term client who needs to view online quotations. 2." " Accounting consultant who needs to keep track of the company's financials." msgstr "" +"Bijvoorbeeld: 1. Een klant die al lang bij u is en online zijn offertes moet" +" kunnen zien. 2. Boekhoudconsultant die de financiële bedrjifsgegevens moet " +"opvolgen." #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -68,12 +74,18 @@ msgid "" "created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " "Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"." msgstr "" +"Selecteer het **Contacten** menu vanuit het hoofdmenu. Indien de " +"contactpersoon nog niet is aangemaakt klikt u op de knop aanmaken om een " +"nieuw contact aan te maken. Geef de contactgegevens in en klik op " +"\"opslaan\"." #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:35 msgid "" "Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " "interface and from the drop down." msgstr "" +"Kies een contact, klik op het **Actie** menu bovenaan in het midden van de " +"interface vanuit de dropdown." #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:38 msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." @@ -92,6 +104,8 @@ msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." msgstr "" +"Een e-mail wordt verzonden naar het opgegeven e-mailadres, deze e-mail geeft" +" aan dat de persoon nu een portaal gebruiker is op de instantie." #: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index 03a00e621..f31bef0b7 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -99,6 +99,8 @@ msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to " "generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." msgstr "" +"Ga naar `Google APIs platform `__ om " +"analytics API inloggegevens te genereren. Log in met uw Google account." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 msgid "Select Analytics API." @@ -125,6 +127,8 @@ msgid "" "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " "of data." msgstr "" +"Selecteer *web browser (Javascript) als bron en *Gebruiker data* als type " +"data." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -161,7 +165,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe zoekmachine optimalisatie doen in Odoo" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:6 msgid "How is SEO handled in Odoo?" @@ -1582,6 +1586,8 @@ msgid "" "First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " "yourcompany.odoo.com):" msgstr "" +"Laten we eerste de doorverwijzing authoriseren (uwbedrijf.com -> " +"uwbedrijf.odoo.com):" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." @@ -1594,22 +1600,26 @@ msgstr "Ga naar de *Beheer databases** pagina." #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:55 msgid "" "Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klik op *Domeinen* rechts van de database die u wilt doorverwijzen." #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:60 msgid "" "A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " "www.yourcompany.com)." msgstr "" +"Een database domein dialoog verschijnt. Geef uw persoonlijk domein in " +"(bijvoorbeeld www.uwbedrijf.com)." #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:67 msgid "" "We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" msgstr "" +"We kunnen nu de doorverwijzing toepassen vanuit uw domeinnaam zijn " +"beheerders account:" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:69 msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Log in op uw account en zoek voor de DNS zones beheer pagina." #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -1654,6 +1664,8 @@ msgid "" "To enable SSL, please use a third-party CDN service provider such as " "CloudFlare.com." msgstr "" +"Schakel een externe partij CDN dienst in, zoals CloudFlare.com, om SSL in te" +" schakelen." #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" diff --git a/locale/sources/business.pot b/locale/sources/business.pot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..50112919c --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/sources/business.pot @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../business.rst:3 +msgid "Business Mementoes" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/sources/discuss.pot b/locale/sources/discuss.pot index b0aa8fdb1..6c8315b54 100644 --- a/locale/sources/discuss.pot +++ b/locale/sources/discuss.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ msgid "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` a msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21 -msgid "Office 365 doesn't allow external hosts like Odoo. Consequently you can't use Office 365 email servers to send or receive messages in Odoo." +msgid "Office 365 email servers don't allow to send external emails from hosts like Odoo. Consequently you can only use such email servers for incoming messages." msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26 @@ -101,82 +101,90 @@ msgid "How to use my own email servers with Odoo Online" msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:83 -msgid "Odoo Online comes up with an embedded and ready-to-use email server (*@yourcompany.odoo.com*). We recommend to keep this default setting as it is really convenient. Indeed, while it is Odoo-labelled, the visible source of any message sent from Odoo will be your personal email address (your Odoo login). Your contacts will therefore trust your messages." +msgid "Odoo Online comes up with an embedded and ready-to-use email solution with *@yourcompany.odoo.com* as domain. We recommend to keep this default setup as it is really convenient." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90 -msgid "You can still use your own email servers if you want your contacts to see your historic email address when they reply to your messages or if you want to manage the reputation of your email servers yourself." +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87 +msgid "Nevertheless you can still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's reputation (blacklisting, etc). The configuration for both incoming and outgoing mail servers is given here above." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94 -msgid "There are 2 methods:" +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:92 +msgid "However when it comes to incoming messages, we don't recommend to exclusively use your own email server. Indeed, Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages from the email server once every hour only. To receive emails in real time, you should rather use a **catchall redirection** (your server -> Odoo server). To do so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:96 -msgid "[Recommended] **Use a catchall redirection** (your server -> Odoo server) to receive emails in Odoo in real time thanks to the Odoo email server. Create a catchall address in your email server settings. Then apply following redirection: catchall@yourdomain.ext -> catchall@yourcompany.odoo.com. That's it you're ready to go!" +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98 +msgid "Create a catchall address in your email server settings (e.g. catchall)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99 +msgid "Still from such settings, set a redirection from this catchall address to Odoo's one: catchall@yourdomain.ext -> catchall@yourcompany.odoo.com." msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102 -msgid "**Use a catchall mailbox** to exclusively use your own email server. That way you can also manage your email server reputation (blacklisting, etc). However, incoming messages are fetched from the email server thanks to a cron running every hour. This is the shortest time lap for crons in Online instances. If you opt for this solution, simply follow the procedure of above section." +msgid "In Odoo check *External Email Servers* in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your email domain name (i.e. yourdomain.ext)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:104 +msgid "No need to set up an incoming email server in such a case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:108 msgid "How to be SPF-compliant when using external email servers in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 msgid "Sender Policy Framework (SPF) is an email-validation system that checks that incoming mail from a domain comes from a host authorized by that domain's administrator. Such a security system is used in most email servers. If you don't comply with it, your emails sent from Odoo will be likely flagged as spam." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115 msgid "To be SPF-compliant, you need to authorize Odoo as a sending host in your domain name settings:" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:121 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118 msgid "Sign in to your domain’s account at your domain host." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:119 msgid "Locate the page for updating your domain’s DNS records." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:120 msgid "If no TXT record is set, create one with following definition: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:125 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122 msgid "In case a TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:127 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:124 msgid "e.g. for a Gmail server it should be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:129 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:126 msgid "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:128 msgid "Find `here `__ the exact procedure to create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131 msgid "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this usually happens more quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:137 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134 msgid "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:142 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:139 msgid "How to choose between Odoo and my traditional email box" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:143 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:140 msgid "Odoo Discuss is a perfect tool to send and read messages related to business documents. However it doesn't aim to replace a full-featured email solution (Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, AOL, etc.). We recommend to take the most out of both systems without mingling them: What is related to Odoo business objects or applications goes into Odoo; What is not can be managed into your external email box." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:150 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147 msgid "To do so, create specific email aliases to use in Odoo (to generate leads or opportunities, helpdesk tickets, etc.). If you take an email alias already used for messaging outside of Odoo, incoming messages will land into both systems. This will negatively impact your productivity." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/ecommerce.pot b/locale/sources/ecommerce.pot index beae6c4ba..9712040a0 100644 --- a/locale/sources/ecommerce.pot +++ b/locale/sources/ecommerce.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -537,6 +537,99 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Get paid" msgstr "" +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway `__ only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant `__ that you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 +msgid "Create an `Authorize.Net account `__ by clicking 'Get Started'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 +msgid "In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, press the related option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 +msgid "Go through the registration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 +msgid "The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test account to process a test transaction from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74 +msgid "Set up Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 +msgid "Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 +msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 +msgid "To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials `__. Such videos give meaningful insights about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102 +msgid "Go live" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 +msgid "Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 +msgid "Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the production mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 +msgid "You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer account `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 +msgid "Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 +msgid "You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform `__ to configure your sandbox account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154 +msgid ":doc:`payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" msgstr "" @@ -678,11 +771,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" msgstr "" @@ -760,7 +848,7 @@ msgid "How to get paid with Paypal" msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "Paypal is the easiest online payment method to configure. It is also the only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any starter." +msgid "Paypal is the easiest online payment acquirer to configure. It is also the only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any starter." msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:11 @@ -811,10 +899,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, **Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74 -msgid "Set up Paypal's payment method in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 msgid "Open Paypal setup form in :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers+`. Enter both your **Email ID** and your **Merchant ID** and check **Use IPN**." msgstr "" @@ -839,10 +923,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*" msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "" - #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103 msgid "Your configuration is now ready! You can make Paypal visible on your merchant interface and activate the **Production mode**." msgstr "" @@ -895,10 +975,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 msgid "How customers can access their customer account" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/general.pot b/locale/sources/general.pot index d1493a610..4c9d83a78 100644 --- a/locale/sources/general.pot +++ b/locale/sources/general.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ msgid "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any modif msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 -msgid "BASICS" +msgid "Basics" msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/sources/getting_started.pot b/locale/sources/getting_started.pot index 863eea185..7ab11bd38 100644 --- a/locale/sources/getting_started.pot +++ b/locale/sources/getting_started.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ msgid "Support" msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 -msgid "Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in San Francisco, Belgium and India. Questions could be about anything and everything from: how to use or configure, bugfix requests, payments or subscription issues." +msgid "Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in San Francisco, Belgium and India. Questions could be about anything and everything from: specific questions on current Odoo features and where to configure them, bugfix requests, payments or subscription issues." msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232 diff --git a/locale/sources/inventory.pot b/locale/sources/inventory.pot index 62a45ff79..9aa728e7f 100644 --- a/locale/sources/inventory.pot +++ b/locale/sources/inventory.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 15:59+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -2723,37 +2723,41 @@ msgid "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice l msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347 -msgid "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category and can be set in product form (Accounting tab) as a specific replacement value" +msgid "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:351 -msgid "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's internal category" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350 +msgid "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 -msgid "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's internal category" +msgid "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's internal category" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357 +msgid "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352 msgid "Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:359 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 msgid "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form as a specific replacement value" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:364 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356 msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:365 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357 msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:366 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/legal.pot b/locale/sources/legal.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 68f2db5ce..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/legal.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1352 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../legal.rst:5 -msgid "Legal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal.rst:15 -#: ../../legal/licenses.rst:5 -#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:6 -msgid "Licenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal.rst:17 -msgid ":ref:`licenses`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal.rst:20 -#: ../../legal/terms.rst:5 -msgid "Terms and Conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal.rst:46 -msgid ":ref:`enterprise_agreement` |nbsp| |nbsp| |download_enterprise|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal.rst:48 -msgid ":ref:`enterprise_agreement_fr` |nbsp| |nbsp| |download_enterprise_fr|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal.rst:50 -msgid ":ref:`terms_of_sale` |nbsp| |nbsp| |download_terms_of_sale|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal.rst:51 -msgid ":ref:`terms_of_sale_fr` |nbsp| |nbsp| |download_terms_of_sale_fr|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal.rst:58 -#: ../../legal/others.rst:5 -msgid "Other legal references" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal.rst:60 -msgid "`Odoo Online Service Level Agreement `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal.rst:61 -msgid "`Odoo Online Acceptable Use Policy `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal.rst:62 -msgid ":ref:`cla`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:11 -msgid "Odoo 10 Community Edition" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:13 -msgid "Odoo 10 Community Edition is licensed under `LGPL version 3 `_ (also known as LGPLv3). See also the `GPL FAQ `_ and the `compatibility matrix `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:22 -msgid "Odoo 10 Enterprise Edition" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:24 -msgid "Odoo 10 Enterprise Edition is licensed under the Odoo Enterprise Edition License v1.0, defined as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:1 -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:487 -#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:1 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise Edition License v1.0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:3 -#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:3 -msgid "This software and associated files (the \"Software\") can only be used (executed, modified, executed after modifications) with a valid Odoo Enterprise Subscription for the correct number of users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:7 -#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:7 -msgid "With a valid Partnership Agreement with Odoo S.A., the above permissions are also granted, as long as the usage is limited to a testing or development environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:11 -#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:11 -msgid "You may develop Odoo modules based on the Software and distribute them under the license of your choice, provided that it is compatible with the terms of the Odoo Enterprise Edition License (For example: LGPL, MIT, or proprietary licenses similar to this one)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:16 -#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:16 -msgid "You may use Odoo modules published under any license along with the Software, provided that their license is compatible with the terms of the Odoo Enterprise License (Including, but not limited to, any module published on the Odoo Apps Store on odoo.com/apps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:21 -#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:69 -#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:21 -msgid "It is forbidden to publish, distribute, sublicense, or sell copies of the Software or modified copies of the Software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:24 -#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:24 -msgid "The above copyright notice and this permission notice must be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:27 -#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:27 -msgid "THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED \"AS IS\", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:43 -msgid "Odoo Apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:45 -msgid "Unless otherwise stated, Odoo Apps by Odoo SA (including the website themes) are published under the Odoo Proprietary License v1.0, defined as follows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:54 -msgid "Odoo Proprietary License v1.0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:56 -msgid "This software and associated files (the \"Software\") may only be used (executed, modified, executed after modifications) if you have purchased a valid license from the authors, typically via Odoo Apps, or if you have received a written agreement from the authors of the Software (see the COPYRIGHT file)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:62 -msgid "You may develop Odoo modules that use the Software as a library (typically by depending on it, importing it and using its resources), but without copying any source code or material from the Software. You may distribute those modules under the license of your choice, provided that this license is compatible with the terms of the Odoo Proprietary License (For example: LGPL, MIT, or proprietary licenses similar to this one)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:72 -msgid "The above copyright notice and this permission notice must be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:75 -msgid "THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED \"AS IS\", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:91 -msgid "Odoo 9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:93 -msgid "The licenses for both editions of Odoo 9 were respectively the same as for :ref:`odoo_community_license` and :ref:`odoo_enterprise_license`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:100 -msgid "Odoo 8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:102 -msgid "Odoo 8 is licensed under `AGPL version 3 `_ (also known as AGPLv3). See also the `GPL FAQ `_ and the `compatibility matrix `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/others/cla.rst:5 -msgid "Contributor License Agreement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/others/cla.rst:7 -msgid "In order to contribute to any of the Odoo projects, companies and individuals have to sign the Odoo Contributor License Agreement (CLA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/others/cla.rst:10 -msgid "More information about this requirement, the procedure to sign the agreement, and a FAQ can be found on our `GitHub project page `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/others/privacy.rst:5 -msgid "Privacy Policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/others/privacy.rst:7 -msgid "Temporary version at ``__ (needs cleanup)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:6 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:8 -msgid "Version 5b - Last revision: June 30, 2016." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:10 -msgid "By subscribing to the Odoo Enterprise services (the \"Services\") provided by Odoo SA and its affiliates (collectively, \"Odoo SA\") in relation with Odoo Enterprise Edition or Odoo Community Edition (the \"Software\"), you (the \"Customer\") are agreeing to be bound by the following terms and conditions (the \"Agreement\")." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:18 -msgid "1 Term of the Agreement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:20 -msgid "The duration of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall be minimally one year and as specified in writing at the signature of this Agreement, beginning on the date of the signature. It is automatically renewed for an equal Term, unless either party provides a written notice of termination minimum 30 days before the end of the Term by registered mail to the other party." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:28 -msgid "2 Definitions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:34 -msgid "User" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:31 -msgid "Any active user account with access to the Software in creation and/or edition mode. Deactivated user accounts and accounts used by external people (or systems) who only have limited access to the Software through the portal facilities (known as \"portal Users\") are not counted as Users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:42 -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:55 -msgid "Bug" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:37 -msgid "Is considered a Bug any failure of the Software that results in a complete stop, error traceback or security breach, and is not directly caused by a defective installation or configuration. Non-compliance with specifications or requirements will be considered as Bugs at the discretion of Odoo SA (typically, when the Software does not produce the results or performance it was designed to produce, or when a country-specific feature does not meet legal accounting requirements anymore)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:51 -msgid "Covered Versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:45 -msgid "All Services provided under this Agreement are applicable only to the Covered Versions of the Software, which include the 3 (three) most recently released major versions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:48 -msgid "To be covered by the current Agreement, Customer’s installations have to run the most recent Covered Version at the time of this Agreement’s signature. When this is not the case, additional costs are applicable, as described in :ref:`charges`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:56 -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:42 -msgid "3 Access to Odoo Enterprise Edition" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:58 -msgid "For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA gives the Customer a non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use (execute, modify, execute after modification) the Odoo Enterprise Edition software, under the terms set forth in :ref:`appendix_a`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:62 -msgid "The Customer agrees to take all necessary measures to guarantee the unmodified execution of the part of the Software that verifies the validity of the Odoo Enterprise Edition usage and collects statistics for that purpose, including but not limited to the running of an instance and the number of Users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:67 -msgid "Odoo SA commits not to disclose individual or named figures to third parties without the consent of the Customer, and to deal with all collected data in compliance with its official Privacy Policy, as published on `Odoo SA's website `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:71 -msgid "Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, this license is revoked immediately and the Customer agrees to stop using the Odoo Enterprise Edition software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:74 -msgid "Should the Customer breach the terms of this section, the Customer agrees to pay Odoo SA an extra fee equal to 300% of the applicable list price for the actual number of Users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:81 -msgid "4 Included Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:84 -msgid "4.1 Bug Fixing Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:86 -msgid "For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA commits to making all reasonable efforts to remedy any Bug of the Software submitted by the Customer through the appropriate channel (typically, Odoo SA's service desk email address or website form), and to start handling such Customer submissions within 2 business days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:91 -msgid "The Customer understands that Bugs caused by a modification or extension that is not part of the official Software will not be covered by this service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:94 -msgid "As soon as the Bug is fixed an appropriate remedy will be communicated to the Customer. If the bug has been addressed in a more recent revision of the Covered Version of the Software used by the Customer, the Customer agrees to update its systems to that revision in order to obtain the correction. The Customer will not be asked to upgrade to a more recent Covered Version of the Software as a remedy to a Bug." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:100 -msgid "When a Bug is fixed in any Covered Version, Odoo SA commits to fixing the Bug in all more recent Covered Versions of the Software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:103 -msgid "Both parties acknowledge that as specified in the license of the Software and in the :ref:`liability` section of this Agreement, Odoo SA cannot be held liable for Bugs in the Software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:108 -msgid "4.2 Security Advisories Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:110 -msgid "For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA commits to sending a \"Security Advisory\" to the Customer for any security Bug that are discovered in the Covered Versions of the Software, at least 2 weeks before making the Security Advisory public, unless the Bug has already been disclosed publicly by a third party. Security Advisories include a complete description of the Bug, its cause, its possible impacts on the Customer's systems, and the corresponding remedy for each Covered Version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:117 -msgid "The Customer understands that the Bug and the information in the Security Advisory must be treated are Confidential Information as described in :ref:`confidentiality` during the embargo period prior to the public disclosure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:124 -msgid "4.3 Upgrade Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:129 -msgid "Upgrade Service for the Software" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:131 -msgid "For the duration of this Agreement, the Customer can submit upgrade requests through the appropriate channel (typically Odoo SA's upgrade service website), in order to convert a database of the Software from one Covered Version of the Software to a more recent Covered Version (the \"Target Version\")." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:135 -msgid "Upgrade requests must include a complete backup copy of the Customer's database and the associated data (typically obtained from the Backup menu of the Software). Where necessary for data security or regulation reasons, the Upgrade Service includes an optional tool to anonymize identifiable data inside a database before submitting the upgrade request, and a tool to restore the anonymized data after the upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:141 -msgid "This service provided through an automated platform in order to allow the Customer to perform unattended upgrades once a previous version of the Customer's database has been successfully upgraded for a Covered Version. The Customer may submit successive upgrade requests for a database, and agrees to submit at least 1 upgrade request for testing purposes before submitting the final upgrade request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:147 -msgid "The Upgrade Service is limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of the Customer's database to make it compatible with the Target Version, and the correction of any Bug directly caused by the upgrade operation and not normally occurring in the Target Version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:151 -msgid "It is the sole responsibility of the Customer to verify and validate the upgraded database in order to detect Bugs, to analyze the impact of changes and new features implemented in the Target Version, and to convert and adapt for the Target Version any third-party extensions of the Software that were installed in the database before the upgrade (except where applicable as foreseen in section :ref:`upgrade_extra`). The Customer may submit multiple upgrade requests for a database, until an acceptable result is achieved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:162 -msgid "Upgrade Service for third-party extensions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:164 -msgid "For the duration of this Agreement, the Customer may request optional upgrade services for third-party extension modules of the Software, in addition to the regular Upgrade Services. This optional service is subject to additional fees (as described in charges_) and includes the technical adaptation of third-party modules installed in the Customer's database and their corresponding data in order to be compatible with the Target Version. The Customer will receive an upgraded version of all installed third-party modules along with the upgraded database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:174 -msgid "5 Charges and Fees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:179 -msgid "5.1 Standard charges" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:181 -msgid "The standard charges for the Odoo Enterprise subscription, the Bug Fixing Service, Security Advisories Service and the Upgrade Service are based on the number of Users and the Software version used by the Customer, and specified in writing at the signature of the Agreement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:185 -msgid "When during the Term, the Customer has more Users than specified at the time of signature of this Agreement, the Customer agrees to pay an extra fee equivalent to the applicable list price (at the beginning of the Term) for the additional Users, for the remainder of the Term." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:189 -msgid "If at the time of the signature of this Agreement, the Customer uses a Covered Version that is not the most recent one, the standard charges will be increased by 50% for the duration of the first Term." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:196 -msgid "5.2 Renewal charges" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:198 -msgid "Upon renewal as covered in section :ref:`term`, if the per-User charges applied during the previous Term are lower than the most current applicable per-User list price, the per-User charges will increase by up to 7%, unless Odoo SA provides written notice of a new price to the Customer at least 60 days prior to the end of the Term." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:207 -msgid "5.3 Charges for Upgrade Services of third-party modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:211 -msgid "The additional charge for the Upgrade Service for third-party modules is EUR (€) 1000.00 (one thousand euros) per 1000 Lines of Code in the third-party modules, rounded up to the next thousand lines. Lines of Code include all text lines in the source code of those modules, regardless of the programming language (Python, Javascript, etc.) or data format (XML, CSV, etc.), excluding blank lines and comment lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:217 -msgid "Odoo SA reserves the right to reject an upgrade request for third-party modules under the above conditions if the quality of the source code of those modules is too low, or if these modules constitute an interface with third-party software or systems. The upgrade of such modules will subject to a separate offer, outside of this Agreement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:225 -msgid "5.4 Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:229 -msgid "All fees and charges are exclusive of all applicable federal, provincial, state, local or other governmental taxes, fees or charges (collectively, \"Taxes\"). The Customer is responsible for paying all Taxes associated with purchases made by the Customer under this Agreement, except when Odoo SA is legally obliged to pay or collect Taxes for which the Customer is responsible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:238 -msgid "6 Conditions of Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:241 -msgid "6.1 Customer Obligations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:245 -msgid "The Customer agrees to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:247 -msgid "pay Odoo SA any applicable charges for the Services of the present Agreement, in accordance with the payment conditions specified in the corresponding invoice ;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:249 -msgid "immediately notify Odoo SA when the actual number of Users exceeds the number of Users specified at the signature of the Agreement, and in this event, pay the applicable additional fee as described in section :ref:`charges_standard`;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:252 -msgid "take all measures necessary to guarantee the unmodified execution of the part of the Software that verifies the validity of the Odoo Enterprise Edition usage, as described in :ref:`enterprise_access` ;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:255 -msgid "grant Odoo SA the necessary access to verify the validity of the Odoo Enterprise Edition usage upon request (e.g. if the automatic validation is found to be inoperant for the Customer);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:257 -msgid "appoint 1 dedicated Customer contact person for the entire duration of the Agreement;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:258 -msgid "take all reasonable measures to protect Customer’s files and databases and to ensure Customer’s data is safe and secure, acknowledging that Odoo SA cannot be held liable for any data loss;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:265 -msgid "6.2 No Soliciting or Hiring" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:267 -msgid "Except where the other party gives its consent in writing, each party, its affiliates and representatives agree not to solicit or offer employment to any employee of the other party who is involved in performing or using the Services under this Agreement, for the duration of the Agreement and for a period of 12 months from the date of termination or expiration of this Agreement. In case of any breach of the conditions of this section that leads to the termination of said employee toward that end, the breaching party agrees to pay to the other party an amount of EUR (€) 30 000.00 (thirty thousand euros)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:279 -msgid "6.3 Publicity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:281 -msgid "Except where notified otherwise in writing, each party grants the other a non-transferable, non-exclusive, royalty free, worldwide license to reproduce and display the other party’s name, logos and trademarks, solely for the purpose of referring to the other party as a customer or supplier, on websites, press releases and other marketing materials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:290 -msgid "6.4 Confidentiality" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:298 -msgid "Definition of \"Confidential Information\":" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:293 -msgid "All information disclosed by a party (the \"Disclosing Party\") to the other party (the \"Receiving Party\"), whether orally or in writing, that is designated as confidential or that reasonably should be understood to be confidential given the nature of the information and the circumstances of disclosure. In particular any information related to the business, affairs, products, developments, trade secrets, know-how, personnel, customers and suppliers of either party should be regarded as confidential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:300 -msgid "For all Confidential Information received during the Term of this Agreement, the Receiving Party will use the same degree of care that it uses to protect the confidentiality of its own similar Confidential Information, but not less than reasonable care." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:304 -msgid "The Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party to the extent compelled by law to do so, provided the Receiving Party gives the Disclosing Party prior notice of the compelled disclosure, to the extent permitted by law." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:311 -msgid "6.5 Termination" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:313 -msgid "In the event that either Party fails to fulfill any of its obligations arising herein, and if such breach has not been remedied within 30 calendar days from the written notice of such breach, this Agreement may be terminated immediately by the non-breaching Party." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:317 -msgid "Further, Odoo SA may terminate the Agreement immediately in the event the Customer fails to pay the applicable fees for the Services within the due date specified on the corresponding invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:324 -msgid "Surviving Provisions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:321 -msgid "The sections \":ref:`confidentiality`”, “:ref:`disclaimers`”, “:ref:`liability`”, and “:ref:`general_provisions`” will survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:329 -msgid "7 Warranties, Disclaimers, Liability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:334 -msgid "7.1 Warranties" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:338 -msgid "For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA commits to using commercially reasonable efforts to execute the Services in accordance with the generally accepted industry standards provided that:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:341 -msgid "the Customer’s computing systems are in good operational order and the Software is installed in a suitable operating environment;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:343 -msgid "the Customer provides adequate troubleshooting information and access so that Odoo SA can identify, reproduce and address problems;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:345 -msgid "all amounts due to Odoo SA have been paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:347 -msgid "The Customer's sole and exclusive remedy and Odoo SA's only obligation for any breach of this warranty is for Odoo SA to resume the execution of the Services at no additional charge." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:353 -msgid "7.2 Disclaimers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:357 -msgid "Except as expressly provided herein, neither party makes any warranty of any kind, whether express, implied, statutory or otherwise, and each party specifically disclaims all implied warranties, including any implied warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:362 -msgid "Odoo SA does not warrant that the Software complies with any local or international law or regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:367 -msgid "7.3 Limitation of Liability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:369 -msgid "To the maximum extent permitted by law, the aggregate liability of each party together with its affiliates arising out of or related to this Agreement will not exceed 50% of the total amount paid by the Customer under this Agreement during the 12 months immediately preceding the date of the event giving rise to such claim. Multiple claims shall not enlarge this limitation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:374 -msgid "In no event will either party or its affiliates be liable for any indirect, special, exemplary, incidental or consequential damages of any kind, including but not limited to loss of revenue, profits, savings, loss of business or other financial loss, costs of standstill or delay, lost or corrupted data, arising out of or in connection with this Agreement regardless of the form of action, whether in contract, tort (including strict negligence) or any other legal or equitable theory, even if a party or its affiliates have been advised of the possibility of such damages, or if a party or its affiliates' remedy otherwise fails of its essential purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:385 -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:418 -msgid "7.4 Force Majeure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:387 -msgid "Neither party shall be liable to the other party for the delay in any performance or failure to render any performance under this Agreement when such failure or delay is caused by governmental regulations, fire, strike, war, flood, accident, epidemic, embargo, appropriation of plant or product in whole or in part by any government or public authority, or any other cause or causes, whether of like or different nature, beyond the reasonable control of such party as long as such cause or causes exist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:398 -msgid "8 General Provisions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:403 -msgid "8.1 Governing Law" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:405 -msgid "Both parties agree that the laws of Belgium will apply, should any dispute arise out of or in connection with this Agreement, without regard to choice or conflict of law principles. To the extent that any lawsuit or court proceeding is permitted hereinabove, both parties agree to submit to the sole jurisdiction of the Nivelles (Belgium) court for the purpose of litigating all disputes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:414 -msgid "8.2 Severability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:416 -msgid "In case any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement or any application thereof shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and any application thereof shall be in no way thereby affected or impaired. Both parties undertake to replace any invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision of this Agreement by a valid provision having the same effects and objectives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:427 -msgid "9 Appendix A: Odoo Enterprise Edition License" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:431 -msgid "Odoo 9 Enterprise Edition is licensed under the Odoo Enterprise Edition License v1.0, defined as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:439 -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:228 -msgid "See :ref:`odoo_enterprise_license`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:450 -msgid "Agreement Registration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:453 -msgid "Customer contact information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:455 -msgid "Company name: Company address: VAT number (if applicable): Contact name: Email: Phone:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:463 -msgid "Technical contact information (can be an Odoo partner):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:464 -msgid "Company name: Contact name: Email: Phone:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:470 -msgid "By signing this Agreement I confirm I am a legal representative of Customer as stated in the resent section and approve all provisions and conditions of the present Agreement:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:473 -msgid "For and on behalf of (company name): Last name, first name: Title: Date:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:478 -msgid "Signature:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:6 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement (FR)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:9 -msgid "Ceci est une traduction en français du contrat “Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement”. Cette traduction est fournie dans l’espoir qu’elle facilitera sa compréhension, mais elle n'a aucune valeur légale. La seule référence officielle des termes du contrat “Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement” est la :ref:`version originale `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:15 -msgid "This is a french translation of the \"Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement”. This translation is provided in the hope that it will facilitate understanding, but it has no legal value. The only official reference of the terms and conditions of the “Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement” is the :ref:`original english version `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:21 -msgid "Version 5b - Dernière modification: 30 juin 2016." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:23 -msgid "En vous abonnant aux services de Odoo Enterprise (les \"Services\") fournis par Odoo SA et ses filiales (collectivement, \"Odoo SA\") en relation avec Odoo Enterprise Edition ou Odoo Community Edition (le \"Logiciel\"), vous (le \"Client\") acceptez d'être lié par les conditions générales suivantes (le \"Contrat\")." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:31 -msgid "1 Durée du Contrat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:33 -msgid "La durée du présent contrat (la \"Durée\") doit être au minimum d'un an et telle que spécifiée par écrit à la signature du Contrat, à compter de la date de la signature. Celui-ci est automatiquement reconduit pour une même durée, à moins que l'une des parties n’envoie à l'autre partie un préavis écrit de résiliation, par lettre recommandée, et au moins 30 jours avant la date d'échéance du contrat ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:41 -msgid "2 Définitions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:47 -msgid "Utilisateur" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:44 -msgid "Tout compte utilisateur actif donnant accès au Logiciel en mode création et/ou édition. Les comptes désactivés ainsi que ceux utilisés par des personnes ou systèmes extérieur(e)s n'ayant qu'un accès limité au Logiciel via le portail (\"Utilisateurs Portail\") ne sont pas comptés comme Utilisateurs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:50 -msgid "Désigne toute défaillance du Logiciel qui se traduit par un arrêt complet, un message d'erreur avec trace d'exécution, ou une brèche de sécurité, et n'est pas directement causé par un problème d'installation ou une configuration défectueuse. Un non-respect des spécifications ou des besoins sera considéré comme un Bug à la discrétion d'Odoo SA (en général, lorsque le Logiciel ne produit pas les résultats ou la performance pour lesquels il a été conçu, ou lorsqu'une fonctionnalité spécifique à un pays ne répond plus aux exigences comptables légales de ce pays)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:65 -msgid "Versions Couvertes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:58 -msgid "Tous les Services dans le cadre du présent contrat s'appliquent uniquement aux Versions Couvertes du Logiciel, qui comprennent les trois (3) plus récentes versions majeures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:61 -msgid "Afin d'être considérées comme couvertes par le Contrat, les installations du client doivent utiliser la Version couverte la plus récente au moment de la signature du Contrat. Dans le cas contraire, des frais supplémentaires sont d'application, tels que décrit dans la section :ref:`charges_fr`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:70 -msgid "3 Accès à Odoo Enterprise Edition" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:72 -msgid "Pour toute la durée du présent Contrat, Odoo SA octroie au Client une licence non exclusive, non transférable d'utilisation (exécution, modification, exécution après modification) du logiciel Odoo Enterprise Edition, conformément aux conditions énoncées à la section :ref:`appendix_a_fr`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:76 -msgid "Le Client accepte de prendre toutes les mesures nécessaires pour garantir l'exécution sans aucune modification de la partie du Logiciel qui vérifie la validité de l'utilisation d'Odoo Enterprise Edition et recueille des statistiques à cet effet, y compris mais sans s'y limiter, l'exécution du Logiciel et le nombre d'Utilisateurs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:81 -msgid "Odoo SA s'engage à ne pas divulguer à une tierce partie d'informations chiffrées personnelles ou spécifiques sans le consentement du Client, et à traiter toutes les données recueillies en respectant sa politique officielle de confidentialité, telle que publiée sur `le site web d'Odoo SA `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:86 -msgid "À l'expiration ou la résiliation de ce Contrat, cette licence est immédiatement révoquée et le Client accepte de cesser toute utilisation du logiciel Odoo Enterprise Edition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:89 -msgid "Si le Client devait enfreindre les dispositions de la présente section, il accepte de payer à Odoo SA des frais supplémentaires équivalents à 300 % du tarif en vigueur applicable correspondant au nombre réel d'Utilisateurs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:97 -msgid "4 Services inclus" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:100 -msgid "4.1 Service de correction de Bugs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:102 -msgid "Pour la durée de ce Contrat, Odoo SA s'engage à déployer tous les efforts raisonnables pour corriger tout Bug du Logiciel qui pourrait être signalé par le Client en suivant la procédure appropriée (généralement par le biais d'un e-mail adressé au service d'assistance d'Odoo SA ou via le formulaire correspondant sur le site web), et de commencer à traiter ces signalements du Client dans un délai de 2 jours ouvrables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:108 -msgid "Le Client accepte que les Bugs causés par toute modification ou extension qui ne fait pas partie de la version officielle du Logiciel ne seront pas couverts par ce service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:111 -msgid "Dès que le Bug est remédié, un correctif approprié sera communiqué au Client. Si le Bug a été résolu dans une nouvelle mise à jour de la Version Couverte du Logiciel utilisée par le Client, ce dernier s'engage à actualiser ses systèmes vers la nouvelle mise à jour, afin d'obtenir le correctif. Il ne sera jamais demandé au Client de passer à une Version Couverte plus récente pour obtenir un correctif." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:117 -msgid "Lorsqu'un Bug est corrigé dans une Version Couverte, Odoo SA s'engage à le corriger dans toutes les Versions Couvertes plus récentes du Logiciel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:120 -msgid "Les deux parties reconnaissent que comme spécifié dans la licence du Logiciel et à la section :ref:`liability_fr` de ce Contrat, Odoo SA ne peut être tenue responsable des Bugs du Logiciel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:125 -msgid "4.2 Service d'alertes de sécurité" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:127 -msgid "Pour la durée du Contrat, Odoo SA s'engage à envoyer une \"alerte de sécurité\"\" au Client pour tout Bug présentant un risque de sécurité qui serait découvert dans les Versions Couvertes du Logiciel, au moins 2 semaines avant de rendre ladite alerte de sécurité publique, et ce à moins que le Bug ait déjà été rendu public par un tiers. Les alertes de sécurité comprennent une description complète du Bug, de sa cause, ses conséquences possibles sur les systèmes du Client, et le correctif correspondant pour chaque Version Couverte." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:134 -msgid "Le Client s'engage à traiter le Bug de sécurité et les informations figurant dans l'alerte de sécurité comme des Informations Confidentielles telles que décrites à la section :ref:`confidentiality_fr` pendant toute la période d'embargo avant la divulgation publique." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:141 -msgid "4.3 Service de migration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:146 -msgid "Service de migration du Logiciel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:148 -msgid "Pour la durée du présent Contrat, le Client peut soumettre des demandes de migration en suivant les procédures appropriées (généralement, via le site du service de migration d'Odoo SA), afin de convertir une base de données du Logiciel d'une Version Couverte du Logiciel à une Version Couverte plus récente (la \"Version Cible\")." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:153 -msgid "Les demandes de migration doivent inclure une copie de sauvegarde complète de la base de données du Client et les données associées (généralement obtenues à partir du menu Backup du Logiciel). Lorsque cela est nécessaire pour des raisons de sécurité des données ou de réglementation, le Service de migration inclut un outil facultatif pour rendre anonymes les données identifiables figurant dans la base de données, avant de soumettre la demande de migration, et un outil pour restaurer les données rendues anonymes après la migration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:160 -msgid "Ce service est fourni par le biais d'une plateforme automatisée, afin de permettre au Client d'effectuer des migration sans intervention humain, dès lors qu’une version précédente de la base de données du Client a été migrée avec succès pour une Version Couverte donnée. Le client peut soumettre des demandes de migration successives pour une base de données, et accepte de soumettre au moins 1 demande de migration de test avant de soumettre la demande de migration finale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:167 -msgid "Le service de migration est limité à la conversion et à l'adaptation techniques de la base de données du Client pour la rendre compatible avec la Version Cible, et à la correction de tout Bug directement causé par l'opération de migration, et ne se produisant normalement pas dans la Version Cible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:172 -msgid "Il incombe au Client de vérifier et valider la base de données migrée afin de détecter tout Bug, d'analyser l'impact des changements et des nouvelles fonctionnalités ajoutées dans la Version Cible, de convertir et d'adapter pour la Version Cible les modules tiers du Logiciel qui auraient été installées dans la base de données avant la migration (sauf le cas échéant, comme prévu à la section :ref:`upgrade_extra_fr`). Le client peut soumettre plusieurs demandes de migration pour une base de données, jusqu'à ce qu'un résultat satisfaisant soit obtenu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:183 -msgid "Service de migration des modules tiers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:185 -msgid "Pour la durée du Contrat, le Client a la possibilité de faire une demande de migration pour des modules d'extension tiers, en plus de la migration normale du Logiciel. Ce service en option implique des frais supplémentaires (décrits dans la section charges_fr_) et comprend l'adaptation technique des modules tiers installés dans la base de données du Client et de leurs données correspondantes afin qu'elles soient compatibles avec la Version Cible. Le Client recevra une version migrée de tous les modules tiers installés accompagnée de la base de données migrée." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:196 -msgid "5 Tarifs et Frais" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:201 -msgid "5.1 Tarifs standards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:203 -msgid "Les tarifs standards pour le contrat d'abonnement à Odoo Enterprise, le service de correction de Bugs, le service d'alertes de sécurité et le service de migration sont basés sur le nombre d'Utilisateurs et la version du Logiciel utilisée par le Client, et précisés par écrit à la signature du contrat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:208 -msgid "Pendant la durée du contrat, si le Client a plus d'Utilisateurs que spécifié au moment de la signature du présent Contrat, le Client accepte de payer un supplément équivalent au tarif en vigueur applicable (au début du Contrat) pour les utilisateurs supplémentaires, pour le reste de la durée." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:213 -msgid "Si, au moment de la signature du présent Contrat, le Client utilise une Version Couverte qui n'est pas l'une des plus récentes, les tarifs standards seront augmentés de 50% pour la première Durée du contrat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:221 -msgid "5.2 Tarifs de reconduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:223 -msgid "Lors de la reconduction telle que décrite à la section :ref:`term_fr`, si les tarifs par Utilisateur qui ont été appliqués pendant la Durée précédente sont inférieurs aux tarifs par Utilisateur en vigueur les plus récents, les tarifs par Utilisateur augmenteront automatiquement de maximum 7%, à moins qu'Odoo SA ne notifie par écrit un nouveau tarif au client, au moins 60 jours avant l’échéance du contrat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:232 -msgid "5.3 Tarifs de migration des modules tiers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:234 -msgid "Les frais supplémentaires pour le service de migration des modules tiers sont de 1000,00- euros (€) (mille euros) pour 1000 lignes de code de modules tiers, le nombre de lignes étant arrondi au millier de lignes supérieur. Les lignes de code comprennent toutes les lignes de texte dans le code source de ces modules, quel que soit le langage de programmation (Python, Javascript, etc.) ou format de données (XML, CSV, etc.), à l'exclusion des lignes vides et des lignes de commentaires." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:240 -msgid "Odoo SA se réserve le droit de refuser une demande de migration pour des modules tiers conformément aux conditions décrites ci-dessus, si la qualité du code source de ces modules est trop faible, ou si ces modules font partie d'une interface d'intégration avec des logiciels ou systèmes tiers. La migration de ces modules sera soumise à une proposition distincte, non couverte par le présent Contrat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:250 -msgid "5.4 Taxes et impôts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:252 -msgid "Tous les frais et tarifs sont indiqués hors taxes et hors impôts, frais et charges fédérales, provinciales, locales ou autres taxes gouvernementales applicables (collectivement, les \"Taxes\"). Le Client est responsable du paiement de toutes les Taxes liées aux achats effectués par le Client en vertu du présent Contrat, sauf lorsque Odoo SA est légalement tenue de payer ou de percevoir les Taxes dont le client est responsable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:261 -msgid "6 Conditions des Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:264 -msgid "6.1 Obligations du Client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:266 -msgid "Le Client accepte de / d':" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:268 -msgid "Payer à Odoo SA les frais applicables pour les Services en vertu du présent Contrat, conformément aux conditions de paiement spécifiées dans la facture correspondante ;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:270 -msgid "Aviser immédiatement Odoo SA si le nombre réel d'Utilisateurs dépasse le nombre d'Utilisateurs spécifiés à la signature du Contrat, et dans ce cas, de régler les frais supplémentaires applicables telles que décrits à la section :ref:`charges_standard_fr`;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:273 -msgid "Prendre toutes les mesures nécessaires pour garantir l'exécution non modifiée de la partie du Logiciel qui vérifie la validité de l'utilisation de Odoo Enterprise Edition, comme décrit à la section :ref:`enterprise_access_fr`;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:276 -msgid "Fournir tout accès nécessaire à Odoo SA pour vérifier la validité de l'utilisation d'Odoo Enterprise Edition sur demande (par exemple, si la validation automatique ne fonctionne pas pour le Client) ;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:279 -msgid "Désigner 1 personne de contact représentant le Client pour toute la durée du contrat ;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:280 -msgid "Prendre toutes les mesures raisonnables pour protéger les fichiers et les bases de données du Client et s'assurer que les données du Client sont en sûreté et sécurisées, en reconnaissant qu'Odoo SA ne peut être tenue responsable de toute perte de données ;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:288 -msgid "6.2 Non solicitation ou embauche" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:290 -msgid "Sauf si l'autre partie donne son consentement par écrit, chaque partie, ses sociétés affiliées et ses représentants conviennent de ne pas solliciter ou offrir un emploi à tout employé de l'autre partie qui est impliqué dans l'exécution ou l'utilisation des Services en vertu du présent Contrat, pendant la Durée du Contrat et pendant une période de 12 mois à compter de la date de résiliation ou de l'expiration du présent Contrat. En cas de violation des conditions de la présente section qui conduirait à la démission dudit employé à cette fin, la partie ayant enfreint ces dispositions accepte de payer à l'autre partie un montant forfaitaire de 30 000,00 euros (€) (trente mille euros)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:303 -msgid "6.3 Publicité" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:305 -msgid "Sauf demande contraire par écrit, chaque partie accorde à l'autre partie une licence mondiale libre de droits, non transférable, non exclusive pour reproduire et afficher le nom, les logos et les marques de l'autre partie, dans le seul but de citer l'autre partie en tant que client ou fournisseur, sur les sites Web, dans des communiqués de presse et autres documents de marketing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:313 -msgid "6.4 Confidentialité" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:324 -msgid "Définition des \"Informations Confidentielles\" :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:316 -msgid "Désigne toutes les informations divulguées par une partie (la \"Partie Communicante\") à l'autre partie (la \"Partie Bénéficiaire\"), que ce soit oralement ou par écrit, qui sont désignées comme confidentielles ou qui devraient raisonnablement être comprises comme étant confidentielles étant donné la nature des informations et les circonstances de la divulgation. En particulier, toute information liée aux activités, aux affaires, aux produits, aux développements, aux secrets commerciaux, au savoir-faire, au personnel, aux clients et aux fournisseurs de l'une des parties doit être considérée comme confidentielle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:326 -msgid "Pour toute Information Confidentielle reçue pendant la durée du présent contrat, la Partie Bénéficiaire utilisera le même degré de précaution qu'elle utilise pour protéger la confidentialité de ses propres Informations Confidentielles de même importance. Ce degré de précaution devra correspondre au minimum à une précaution raisonnable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:331 -msgid "La Partie Bénéficiaire peut divulguer les Informations Confidentielles de la Partie Communicante dans la mesure où la loi l'y oblige, à condition que la Partie Bénéficiaire avise au préalable par écrit la Partie Communicante de son obligation de divulgation, dans la mesure permise par la loi." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:339 -msgid "6.5 Résiliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:341 -msgid "Dans le cas où l'une des parties ne remplit pas ses obligations découlant du présent contrat, et si une telle violation n’est pas résolue dans les 30 jours civils à compter de la notification écrite de cette violation, le présent contrat peut être résilié immédiatement par la partie qui n'a pas commis la violation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:347 -msgid "En outre, Odoo SA peut résilier le contrat immédiatement dans le cas où le Client ne paie pas les frais applicables pour les services à la date d'échéance indiquée sur la facture correspondante." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:354 -msgid "Durée de l'applicabilité des dispositions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:352 -msgid "Les sections \":ref:`confidentiality_fr`\", “:ref:`disclaimers_fr`\", “:ref:`liability_fr`\", et “:ref:`general_provisions_fr`\" survivront la résiliation ou l'expiration du présent contrat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:359 -msgid "7 Limitations de garantie et de responsabilité" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:364 -msgid "7.1 Garantie" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:366 -msgid "Pendant la durée du présent contrat, Odoo SA s'engage à déployer les efforts raisonnables sur le plan commercial pour exécuter les Services conformément aux normes du secteur généralement acceptées à condition que :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:370 -msgid "Les systèmes informatiques du Client soient en bon état de fonctionnement et que le Logiciel soit installé dans un système d'exploitation approprié ;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:372 -msgid "Le Client fournisse les informations adéquates nécessaires au dépannage et à l'accès, de telle sorte qu'Odoo SA puisse identifier, reproduire et gérer les problèmes ;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:374 -msgid "Tous les montants dus à Odoo SA aient été réglés." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:376 -msgid "La reprise de l'exécution des Services par Odoo SA sans frais supplémentaires constitue la seule et unique réparation pour le Client et la seule obligation d'Odoo SA pour toute violation de cette garantie." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:383 -msgid "7.2 Limitation de garantie" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:385 -msgid "Mis à part les dispositions expresses du présent Contrat, aucune des parties ne donne de garantie d'aucune sorte, expresse, implicite, légale ou autre, et chaque partie décline expressément toutes garanties implicites, y compris toute garantie implicite de qualité marchande, d'adéquation à un usage particulier ou de non- contrefaçon, dans les limites autorisées par la loi en vigueur." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:391 -msgid "Odoo SA ne garantit pas que le Logiciel soit conforme à toute loi ou réglementation locale ou internationale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:398 -msgid "7.3 Limitation de responsabilité" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:400 -msgid "Dans la limite autorisée par la loi, la responsabilité globale de chaque partie, ainsi que de ses filiales, découlant ou liée au présent Contrat ne dépassera pas 50% du montant total réglé par le Client en vertu du présent Contrat au cours des 12 mois précédant la date de l'événement donnant lieu à une telle réclamation. Des réclamations multiples n'augmenteront pas cette limite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:405 -msgid "Les parties et leurs filiales ne pourront en aucun cas être tenues responsables des dommages indirects, spéciaux, accessoires ou consécutifs de quelque nature que ce soit, y compris, mais sans s'y limiter, la perte de revenus, perte de profits, perte d’économies, perte commerciale ou toute autre perte financière, les coûts relatifs à l'arrêt ou au retard, la perte ou altération des données, découlant ou en relation avec le présent Contrat, quelle que soit la forme de l'action, qu'elle soit fondée sur une obligation contractuelle, délictuelle (y compris la stricte négligence) ou fondée sur toute autre règle de droit ou d'équité, même si la partie ou ses filiales ont été informées du risque de tels dommages, ou si le recours proposé par la partie ou ses filiales n'atteint pas son but essentiel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:420 -msgid "Aucune des parties ne sera tenue pour responsable envers l'autre partie de tout retard ou manquement d'exécution en vertu du présent Contrat, si ce manquement ou retard est causé par une règlementation gouvernementale, un incendie, une grève, une guerre, une inondation, un accident, une épidémie, un embargo, la saisie d'une usine ou d'un produit dans son intégralité ou en partie par un gouvernement ou une autorité publique, ou toute (s) autre (s) cause (s), qu’elle (s) soit (soient) de nature similaire ou différente, pour autant que cette cause soit hors du contrôle raisonnable de la partie concernée, et tant qu'une telle cause existe." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:431 -msgid "8 Dispositions générales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:436 -msgid "8.1 Droit applicable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:438 -msgid "Les parties conviennent que les lois de Belgique seront applicables en cas de litige découlant ou en relation avec le présent Contrat, sans tenir compte des règles ou dispositions en matière de compétence législative ou de conflit de lois. Dans la mesure où une poursuite ou procédure judiciaire ou administrative serait autorisée ci-avant, les parties conviennent de se soumettre à la compétence exclusive du tribunal de Nivelles (Belgique) aux fins de la procédure de tout litige." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:448 -msgid "8.2 Divisibilité" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:450 -msgid "Dans le cas où une ou plusieurs des dispositions du présent contrat ou toute autre application de celles-ci se trouvent non valables, illégales ou non exécutoires, la validité, la légalité et le caractère exécutoire des autres dispositions du présent contrat et toute application de celles-ci ne doivent en aucun cas en être affectés ou compromis. Les parties s'engagent à remplacer toute disposition non valable, illégale ou non exécutoire du présent contrat par une disposition valable ayant les mêmes effets et objectifs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:460 -msgid "9 Appendice A: Odoo Enterprise Edition License" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:462 -msgid "Odoo 9 Enterprise Edition est publié sous la licence Odoo Enterprise Edition License v1.0, définie ci-dessous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:466 -msgid "Ceci est une traduction en français de la licence “Odoo Enterprise Edition License”. Cette traduction est fournie dans l’espoir qu’elle facilitera sa compréhension, mais elle n'a aucune valeur légale. La seule référence officielle des termes de la licence “Odoo Enterprise Edition License” est la :ref:`version originale `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:472 -msgid "This is a french translation of the \"Odoo Enterprise Edition License”. This translation is provided in the hope that it will facilitate understanding, but it has no legal value. The only official reference of the terms of the “Odoo Enterprise Edition License” is the :ref:`original english version `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:489 -msgid "Ce logiciel et les fichiers associés (le \"Logiciel\") ne peuvent être utilisés (c'est-à-dire exécutés, modifiés, ou exécutés avec des modifications) qu'avec un contrat Odoo Enterprise Subscription en ordre de validité, et pour le nombre d'utilisateurs prévus dans ce contrat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:494 -msgid "Un contrat de Partnariat avec Odoo S.A. en ordre de validité donne les mêmes permissions que ci-dessus, mais uniquement pour un usage restreint à un environnement de test ou de développement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:498 -msgid "Vous êtes autorisé à développer des modules Odoo basés sur le Logiciel et à les distribuer sous la license de votre choix, pour autant que cette licence soit compatible avec les conditions de la licence Odoo Enterprise Edition Licence (Par exemple: LGPL, MIT ou d'autres licenses propriétaires similaires à celle-ci)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:503 -msgid "Vous êtes autorisé à utiliser des modules Odoo publiés sous n'importe quelle licence, pour autant que leur licence soit compatible avec les conditions de la licence Odoo Enterprise Edition License (Notamment tous les modules publiés sur l'Odoo Apps Store sur odoo.com/apps)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:508 -msgid "Il est interdit de publier, distribuer, accorder des sous-licences, ou vendre tout copie du Logiciel ou toute copie modifiée du Logiciel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:511 -msgid "Toute copie du Logiciel ou d'une partie substantielle de celui-ci doit inclure l'avis de droit d'auteur original ainsi que le texte de la présente licence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:514 -msgid "LE LOGICIEL EST FOURNI \"EN L'ETAT\", SANS AUCUNE GARANTIE DE QUELQUE NATURE QUE CE SOIT, EXPRESSE OU IMPLICITE, Y COMPRIS, MAIS SANS Y ETRE LIMITE, LES GARANTIES IMPLICITES DE COMMERCIABILITE, DE CONFORMITE A UNE UTILISATION PARTICULIERE, OU DE NON INFRACTION AUX DROITS D'UN TIERS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:519 -msgid "EN AUCUN CAS LES AUTEURS OU TITULAIRES DE DROITS D'AUTEUR NE POURRONT ETRE TENUS POUR RESPONSABLE A VOTRE EGARD DE RECLAMATIONS, DOMMAGES OU AUTRES RESPONSABILITES, EN VERTU D'UN CONTRAT, DÉLIT OU AUTREMENT, RELATIVEMENT AU LOGICIEL, A L'UTILISATION DU LOGICIEL, OU A TOUTE AUTRE MANIPULATION RELATIVE AU LOGICIEL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:5 -msgid "Conditions Générales de Vente" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:7 -msgid "Dernière modification: 5 mai 2017." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:9 -msgid "Ces conditions régissent la vente de produits et services entre Odoo S.A. et ses filiales (collectivement, \"Odoo S.A.\") et le client. Des conditions supplémentaires peuvent s'appliquer pour d'autres services offerts par Odoo S.A. (par exemple, l'Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement). Si ces conditions supplémentaires entrent en contradiction avec les Conditions Générales de Vente, les conditions supplémentaires prévaudront." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:16 -msgid "Veuillez lire ces conditions attentivement avant de faire une commande auprès d'Odoo S.A. En commandant auprès d'Odoo S.A., le client marque son accord avec les présentes conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:20 -msgid "Le client renonce explicitement à ses propres conditions générales, même dans le cas où celles-ci seraient postérieures aux présentes conditions générales. Toute dérogation doit, pour être valable, être convenue de manière expresse, préalable et par écrit. Les présentes conditions sont une prolongation du contrat signé entre parties et font en tant que telles partie intégrante de la relation contractuelle entre parties." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:27 -msgid "Toutes les offres, tarifs ou listes de prix d’Odoo S.A. s’entendent, sauf stipulation contraire, sans engagement. Sauf stipulation contraire, toutes les factures sont payables à Odoo S.A. au comptant, au moment de la livraison. L'endroit de paiement est le siège social de Odoo S.A. peut envoyer des factures pour des marchandises déjà livrées même avant la livraison complète des marchandises. Le Client ne peut en aucun cas compenser une quelconque créance sur Odoo S.A. avec son obligation de paiement, sauf stipulation contraire." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:35 -msgid "Si la facture n’est pas payée à son échéance, elle sera, à titre d’indemnité forfaitaire, majorée de 15% et majorée d'autres indemnités, éventuellement dues pour tout préjudice, à démontrer par Odoo S.A.. Le non-paiement de tout ou partie d’une facture à son échéance rend immédiatement exigibles toutes sommes ou toutes factures dues non-encore échue. En cas de non-paiement d’une facture, Odoo S.A.  a le droit de rompre toutes les conventions de vente qui restent encore à exécuter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:43 -msgid "Si le Client est autorisé à effectuer des paiements à terme, l’absence de paiement d’un seul terme entraînera de plein droit et sans mise en demeure l’exigibilité de toute la dette, nonobstant toute indemnité supplémentaire." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:47 -msgid "Certains pays appliquent une retenue à la source sur le montant de la facture, conformément à leur législation interne. La retenue à la source sera réglée par le client, auprès de l'administration fiscale. En aucun cas, Odoo S.A. ne sera impliquée dans les coûts liés à la législation du pays. Le montant de la facture est donc dû à Odoo S.A. dans son intégralité et n’inclus pas les coûts relatifs à la législation du pays où se trouve le client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:54 -msgid "Odoo S.A. s'engage à faire ses meilleurs efforts en vue de fournir en temps utile des services performants. Toutefois, aucune de ses obligations ne peut être considérée comme étant une obligation de résultat. Odoo S.A. ne peut, en aucun cas, être appelée en garantie par le client dans le cadre de demandes en dommages et intérêts formulée par le consommateur final à l'encontre du client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:60 -msgid "Dans la limite autorisée par la loi, la responsabilité globale de chaque partie, ainsi que de ses filiales ne dépassera pas 50% du montant total réglé par le Client en vertu des présentes conditions au cours des 12 mois précédant la date de l'événement donnant lieu à une telle réclamation. Des réclamations multiples n'augmenteront pas cette limite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:66 -msgid "Toute réclamation doit, pour être recevable, être notifiée à Odoo S.A., à son siège social, par courrier recommandé dans les 8 jours suivant la livraison des marchandises ou la prestation des services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:70 -msgid "Odoo S.A. se réserve le droit de modifier ces conditions à n'importe quel moment et sans notification préalable. Le client est soumis aux conditions en application au moment de son acceptation de ces conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:74 -msgid "Tout litige résultant de la présente convention ressort de l’application du droit belge et est de la compétence des Tribunaux de l’arrondissement du siège social d’Odoo S.A. hormis le droit d’Odoo S.A. de porter le litige devant une autre juridiction compétente." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/online.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo Online Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:6 -msgid "Odoo Partnership Agreement - Under Revision!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:8 -msgid "Version 5_work-in-progress - Last revision: March 02, 2016." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:11 -msgid "BETWEEN:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:13 -msgid "ODOO SA registered at the Trade and Companies Register of Nivelles under number RCN 95656, having its registered office at Chaussée de Namur, 40 - 1367 Grand-Rosière, Belgium." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:16 -msgid "AND ________________________________, a company having its registered office at _____________________ (Hereinafter referred to as “PARTNER”)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:22 -msgid "1 Purpose" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:23 -msgid "The purpose of this agreement is to set forth the conditions under which ODOO provides services to PARTNER, and access to Odoo Enterprise Edition software, and PARTNER complies with the obligations set out hereafter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:27 -msgid "ODOO hereby appoints PARTNER, and PARTNER hereby accepts appointment, to be a non-exclusive partner promoting and selling the Odoo Enterprise Subscriptions to clients. PARTNER commits to do its best effort to sell Odoo Enterprise Subscriptions to its clients. To support that, PARTNER will market in priority the ‘Odoo Enterprise Edition’ version to prospects and clients. PARTNER still has the option to sell services on other versions of the software, like \"Odoo Community Edition\", should it be needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:35 -msgid "2 Term of the Agreement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:36 -msgid "The duration of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall be one year beginning on the date of the signature. It is automatically renewed for an equal Term, unless either party provides a written notice of termination minimum 30 days before the end of the Term to the other party." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:45 -msgid "3.1 Project platform access" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:46 -msgid "To help PARTNER promoting Odoo Enterprise, ODOO grants access to its Github code repository to PARTNER for all ‘Enterprise Edition’ modules, under the terms set forth in Exhibit A and the conditions restricted under this agreement. This access will be granted as of the signature of this agreement and be revoked should the partnership contract be revoked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:50 -msgid "3.2 Restrictions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:51 -msgid "PARTNER commits to keep confidentiality of the source code of Odoo Enterprise edition modules licensed under restricted rights (labelled as ‘Enterprise Edition’) within its staff. The access to clients is governed by the Odoo Enterprise Contract (version 4.0 and above). PARTNER agrees to NOT redistribute this code to 3rd parties without the explicit agreement of ODOO. Notwithstanding the above, PARTNER commits to wholly preserve the integrity of the Odoo Enterprise edition code that is required to verify the validity of usage of Odoo Enterprise edition, collects statistics that are needed for that purpose and enforce the payment of the subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:56 -msgid "4 Partnership Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:59 -msgid "4.1 Partnership levels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:60 -msgid "The ODOO partner program consists of three partnership levels; Ready, Silver and Gold with specific requirements and benefits for each level. Partnership level granted to PARTNER depends on the annual new Odoo Enterprise revenues generated for ODOO. Renewals of existing contracts does not account for the partnership level, but the partner still get his commission on these contracts as stated in 5.2 The table below summarizes the requirement for each partnership level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:64 -msgid "Ready Silver Gold Annual New Net Odoo Enterprise Revenues 1.000 € 12.000 € 25.000 €" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:72 -msgid "The level of partnerships will be reviewed quarterly by ODOO based on Odoo Enterprise contracts sold by partners, over the preceeding 12 months. Partners may be upgraded automatically to a higher level once they reach the requirements for a higher level. Silver and Gold partners which are not complying with their partnerships requirements will be assigned to a lower level of partnership if they have not met their requirement at the end of the annual period. For new partners, the initial partner level is granted for one year." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:77 -msgid "4.2 Benefits" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:78 -msgid "The details of the benefits for each level of partnership are described in the table below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:81 -msgid "Ready Silver Gold Recognition Visibility on odoo.com Ready Partner Silver Partner Gold Partner Rights to use the Odoo trademark Ready logo Silver logo Gold logo Learning benefits Yearly upgrades seminars Yes Yes Yes Sales Training Yes Yes Yes Weekly functional training webinars Yes Yes Yes Software Benefits Access to Odoo Enterprise source code Yes Yes Yes Sales benefits Discount on all ODOO services 10% 15% 20% Discount on ODOO Enterprise (Minimum 10 users per contract, applied then for all users). 10% 15% 20% Access to an Account Manager Yes Yes Yes Marketing Benefits Access to marketing materials Yes Yes Yes Partner EVENT – ODOO Support & Promotion No Yes Yes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:135 -msgid "4.3 Partner Recognition" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:136 -msgid "ODOO will promote PARTNER as an official partner on its website (odoo.com) for agreed countries. ODOO grants to PARTNER, on a non-exclusive basis, the right to use and reproduce only the ODOO Partner’s logo, and the Odoo name in connection with this Agreement. Each Party undertakes to respect all the rights of the other Party in all the items referred to in the previous paragraph and, more particularly, each Party shall refrain from causing any analogy or creating any confusion between their respective company in the mind of the general public, for any reason whatsoever and by any means whatsoever." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:141 -msgid "4.4 Learning Benefits" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:142 -msgid "In order to train PARTNER, ODOO will organize online training sessions once a week. Sessions are organized into discovery and advanced topics. A session is usually 2 hours and cover an application of the Odoo Enterprise software: sales and CRM, inventory management, project management, eCommerce, human resources, manufacturing, advanced customizations, etc. PARTNER can attend these training sessions at no additional cost and commit to attend at least 20 sessions per year. ODOO will organize at least four sales training session per year of a duration of one week. Each sales training session is organized in one of the ODOO office. PARTNER can send any employee to these training session. Once a new version of Odoo Enterprise is released, ODOO must organize upgrade training session for partners." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:148 -msgid "4.5 Commission on Odoo Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:149 -msgid "For every ODOO services directly purchased by a customer through PARTNER, PARTNER shall receive retribution as follows For “ODOO Enterprise” contracts sold to CUSTOMER: ODOO will invoice directly the CUSTOMER based on final pricing agreed between ODOO, the PARTNER & the CUSTOMER. Then, PARTNER will invoice his commission to ODOO based on Odoo Enteprise price, net of possible rebates, and based on his current partnership level at the time of signature. For Other Services; Partner invoice directly the CLIENT and ODOO will invoice the PARTNER directly commission included. (as a discount) For “ODOO Enterprise” contracts; PARTNER get a commission as long as the PARTNER maintains a contractual relationship with the CUSTOMER." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:156 -msgid "5 Miscellaneous" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:159 -msgid "5.1 Communications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:160 -msgid "No communications from either party to the other shall have any validity under this Agreement unless made in writing by or on behalf of PARTNER or ODOO, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Any notice whatsoever which either party hereto is required or authorised by this Agreement to give or make to the other shall be given or made either by post in a prepaid letter, or by hand delivery or facsimile transmission or E-mail." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:164 -msgid "5.2 BRAND IMAGE" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:165 -msgid "Both Parties shall refrain from harming the brand image and reputation of the other Party, in any way whatsoever, in the performance of this Agreement. Non-compliance to this provision shall be a cause for termination of this Agreement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:168 -msgid "5.3 Publicity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:169 -msgid "ODOO shall publish any press release, advertisement or other public announcement using the PARTNER’s name or trademarks without its prior written consent. In particular, PARTNER accepts to be mentioned, and that its logo and trademark is used for this purpose only, in the list of the partners of ODOO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:172 -msgid "5.4 No SOLICITING" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:173 -msgid "Each party, its subsidiaries and any entity controlled indirectly agrees not to solicit, offer employment to, or use the services of any employee of the other party who is involved in performing the Services for the duration of the Agreement and for a period of twenty four (24) Months from the date of termination of this Agreement, except as expressly provided for in the Agreement or where the other party gives its consent in writing to this. In case of any breach of the terms of this article, the defaulting Party shall pay an indemnity equivalent to 12 months of the gross salary of the employee sought or dismissed, or to at least a minimum of € 30,000." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:177 -msgid "5.5 Independent Contractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:178 -msgid "The Parties are independent contractors, and this Agreement shall not be construed as constituting either Party as partner, joint venture or fiduciary of the other, as creating any other form of legal association that would impose liability on one Party for the act or failure to act of the other or as providing either Party with the right, power or authority (express or implied) to create any duty or obligation of the other." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:181 -msgid "6 FEES AND CHARGES" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:182 -msgid "PARTNER shall pay the charges and the annual fee immediately upon receipt of the invoice sent by ODOO.The annual partnership fees is 2950€. PARTNER shall automatically pay a late payment interest at the rate equivalent to the applicable interest rate of the principal instrument of re-financing of the European Central Bank increased by 7% per year, which shall accrue on a daily basis from the due date of payment; it not being necessary for such accrual that ODOO request or claims the unpaid amount in any manner whatsoever." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:186 -msgid "7 Termination" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:187 -msgid "In the event that either Party fails to fulfil one or more of its obligations arising hereunder, and if such breach has not been remedied within thirty (30) calendar days from the first presentation of a letter, sent by the injured Party by registered letter with advice of receipt, giving notice of the breaches, this Agreement may be terminated immediately as of right at the request of the injured Party, without prejudice to any damages that may be claimed from the defaulting Party." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:189 -msgid "On expiry or termination of this Agreement, PARTNER: shall not use anymore the materials and/or the Odoo brand name or claim the existence of any partnership or link with ODOO, shall during any notice period prior to such termination comply with its obligations. shall not use Odoo Enterprise anymore, for development, test or production purpose" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:195 -msgid "8 Liability AND Indemnities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:196 -msgid "Both Parties are bound by a best endeavours obligation hereunder. To the maximum extent permitted by law, ODOO’s liability for any and all claims, losses, damages or expenses from any cause whatsoever and howsoever arising under this Agreement will be limited to the direct damages proven, but will in no event exceed for all damage causing event or series of connected events causing damages the total amount for the charges paid by PARTNER in the course of the six (6) months immediately preceding the date of the event giving rise to such claim. In no event will ODOO be liable for any indirect or consequential damages, including but not limited third parties or Customer claims, loss of revenue, profits, savings, loss of business or other financial loss, costs of standstill or delay, lost or corrupted data arising out of or in connection with the performance of its obligations. PARTNER acknowledges that he has no expectation and has received no assurances that any investment made in execution of this Agreement and the ODOO Partners Program will be recovered or recouped or that he shall obtain any anticipated amount of profits by virtue of this Agreement. Partner waives any commitment whatsoever on behalf of ODOO regarding the evolution of Software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:202 -msgid "According to the terms of the Software license, ODOO will not be liable for any bug or for the quality and the performance of the Software, ODOO’s commitment being limited to the correction of bugs as defined in this Agreement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:205 -msgid "9 Governing Law and Jurisdiction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:206 -msgid "This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Belgium. All disputes arising in connection with the Agreement for which no amicable settlement can be found shall be finally settled by the Courts of Belgium in Nivelles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:208 -msgid "For Odoo SA," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:213 -msgid "For _____________," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:220 -msgid "10 Appendix A: Odoo Enterprise Edition License" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:5 -msgid "General Terms of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:7 -msgid "Last revision: May 5, 2017." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:9 -msgid "These General Terms of Sale govern the sale of products and services by Odoo S.A. and its affiliates (collectively, \"Odoo S.A.\") to the client. Additional terms may apply for services provided by Odoo S.A. (for example, the Enterprise Subscription Agreement). If these additional terms are inconsistent with the General Terms of Sale, the additional terms will prevail over these General Terms of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:16 -msgid "Please read these terms carefully before placing an order with Odoo S.A. By accepting an order with Odoo S.A., the client marks his acceptance with these terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:20 -msgid "The client explicitly waives its own standard terms and conditions, even if these were drawn up after these standard terms and conditions of sale. In order to be valid, any derogation must be expressly agreed to in advance in writing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:25 -msgid "Our invoices are payable within 21 working days, unless another payment timeframe is indicated on either the invoice or the order. In the event of non-payment by the due date, Odoo S.A. reserves the right to request a fixed interest payment amounting to 15% of the sum remaining due. Odoo S.A. will be authorised to suspend any provision of services without prior warning in the event of late payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:32 -msgid "If a payment is still outstanding more than sixty (60) days after the due payment date, Odoo S.A. reserves the right to call on the services of a debt recovery company. All legal expenses will be payable by the client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:36 -msgid "Certain countries apply withholding at source on the amount of invoices, in accordance with their internal legislation. Any withholding at source will be paid by the client to the tax authorities. Under no circumstances can Odoo S.A. become involved in costs related to a country's legislation. The amount of the invoice will therefore be due to Odoo S.A. in its entirety and does not include any costs relating to the legislation of the country in which the client is located." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:44 -msgid "Odoo S.A. undertakes to do its best to supply services in due time in accordance with the agreed timeframes. However, none of its obligations can be considered as being an obligation to achieve results. Odoo S.A. cannot, under any circumstances, be required by the client to appear as a third party in the context of any claim for damages filed against the client by an end consumer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:50 -msgid "In order for it to be admissible, Odoo S.A. must be notified of any claim by means of a letter sent by recorded delivery to its registered office within 8 days of the delivery of the goods or the provision of the services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:54 -msgid "To the maximum extent permitted by law, the aggregate liability of each party together with its affiliates arising will not exceed 50% of the total amount paid by the Customer under these terms during the 12 months immediately preceding the date of the event giving rise to such claim. Multiple claims shall not enlarge this limitation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:60 -msgid "Odoo S.A. reserves the right to modify these terms at any time without prior notice. The client will be subject to the terms in force at the time of acceptation of those terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:64 -msgid "All our contractual relations will be governed exclusively by Belgian law. Moreover, any dispute that may arise will be subject exclusively to the jurisdiction of the courts of the Nivelles arrondissement (Belgium)." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/sources/purchase.pot b/locale/sources/purchase.pot index d936fbb92..882e5aa73 100644 --- a/locale/sources/purchase.pot +++ b/locale/sources/purchase.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -1173,7 +1173,7 @@ msgid "Deliver To" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "This will determine picking type of incoming shipment" +msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 805ddf136..36b866053 100644 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 #: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Genel Bakış" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 msgid "Miscellaneous" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Muhtelif" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" @@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:19 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Banka Uzlaştırma" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 msgid "Configure model of entries" @@ -1492,7 +1492,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Türü" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." @@ -1514,23 +1514,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Company" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Firma" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Company related to this journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bu yevmiyeyle ilişkili firma" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Short Code" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kısa Kod" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix." msgstr "" +"Bu yevmiyenin kayıt girişleri bu önek kullanılarak isimlendirilecektir." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Dedicated Refund Sequence" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atanmış İade Sırası" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -1542,51 +1543,55 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Entry Sequence" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kayıt Sırası" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" "This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal " "entries of this journal." msgstr "" +"Bu alan, bu yevmiyeye ait yevmiye giriş numaralarının verilmesiyle ilgili " +"bilgi içerir." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Refund Entry Sequence" -msgstr "" +msgstr "İade Giriş Srradüzeni" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" "This field contains the information related to the numbering of the refund " "entries of this journal." msgstr "" +"Bu alan, bu yevmiyeye ait yevmiye girişleri numaralarının verilmesiyle " +"ilgili bilgi içerir." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Default Debit Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Varsayılan Borç Hesabı" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Borç tutarı için varsayılan hesap olarak davranır" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Default Credit Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Varsayılan Alacak Hesabı" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alacak tutarı için varsayılan hesap olarak davranır" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para Birimi" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "The currency used to enter statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hesap özetine girilecek para birimi" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Debit Methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Borç Metodu" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -1594,10 +1599,13 @@ msgid "" "handling facilities, but you can always use the 'Manual' payment method in " "order to manage payments outside of the software." msgstr "" +"Para alma için ödeme araçları. Odoo modülleri çeşitli ödemeleri işleme " +"olanakları sunar, ancak ödemeleri yazılımın dışında yönetmek için daima " +"'Manuel' ödeme yöntemini kullanabilirsiniz." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Payment Methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ödeme Yöntemleri" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -1605,80 +1613,92 @@ msgid "" "handling facilities, but you can always use the 'Manual' payment method in " "order to manage payments outside of the software." msgstr "" +"Para göndermek için ödeme yöntemleri. Odoo modülleri çeşitli ödemeleri " +"işleme olanakları sunar, ancak ödemeleri yazılımın dışında yönetmek için " +"daima 'Manuel' ödeme yöntemini kullanabilirsiniz." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Group Invoice Lines" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fatura Kalemlerini Grupla" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" "If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " "when generating them from invoices." msgstr "" +"Bu kutu işaretlenirse, faturalardan muhasebe kalemleri oluşturulurken onları" +" gruplandırmaya çalışacaktır." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Profit Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kar Hesabı" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" "Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs" " from what the system computes" msgstr "" +"Kasa biten bakiyesi sistemin hesapladığı değerden farklı olduğunda kar " +"kaydetmek için kullanılır" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Loss Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zarar Hesabı" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" "Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs " "from what the system computes" msgstr "" +"Kasa biten bakiyesi sistemin hesapladığı değerden farklı olduğunda zarar " +"kaydetmek için kullanılır" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Show journal on dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gösterge Panosunda Yevmiyeyi göster" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Whether this journal should be displayed on the dashboard or not" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bu yevmiyenin gösterge tablosunda gösterilip gösterilmemesi" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Çek Yazdırma Ödeme Metodu Seçildi" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" "Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment" " method." msgstr "" +"Ödeme metodu olarak çek baskı işleminin etkin olup olmadığını bilmek için " +"kullanılan teknik özellik." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Check Sequence" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Çek Sırano" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Checks numbering sequence." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Çek Sıralama numarası" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Manual Numbering" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Elle Numaralandırma" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered." msgstr "" +"Numara verilmeden önce çekleri ön çıktı olarak izlemek isterseniz bunu seçin" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Next Check Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sonraki Çek No" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bir sonraki basılan kontrolün sıra numarası." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Active in Point of Sale" @@ -1710,7 +1730,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 msgid "Usage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kullanımı" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 msgid "How to register cash payments?" @@ -1772,7 +1792,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 msgid "Adviser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Müşavir" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 msgid "Manage your fixed assets" @@ -1893,7 +1913,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 msgid "Status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Durumu" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'." @@ -1913,19 +1933,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 msgid "Category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kategori" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 msgid "Category of asset" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Demirbaş Kategorisi" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 msgid "Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tarih" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 msgid "Date of asset" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Varlık Tarihi" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 msgid "Gross Value" @@ -1933,7 +1953,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 msgid "Gross value of asset" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Demirbaşın brüt değeri" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 msgid "Salvage Value" @@ -1963,7 +1983,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 msgid "Time Method Based On" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zaman Metodu" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -1993,6 +2013,8 @@ msgid "" "from the purchase date instead of the first January / Start date of fiscal " "year" msgstr "" +"Bu demirbaş için ilk amortisman kaydının ilk Ocak ayı yerine alış tarihinden" +" yapılacağını belirtir." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 msgid "Number of Depreciations" @@ -2431,7 +2453,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Analitik" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" @@ -2745,7 +2767,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 msgid "Analytic accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Analitik Muhasebe" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -3407,7 +3429,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alacak" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 msgid "Payable" @@ -3415,44 +3437,44 @@ msgstr "Borç" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Banka ve Kasa" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dönen Varlıklar" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Duran Varlıklar" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ön ödemeler" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77 msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Duran Varlıklar" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kısa Vadeli Borçlar" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uzun Vadeli Borçlar" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 msgid "Equity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Özsermaye" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cari Yıldaki Kazanç" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Diğer Gelirler" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 @@ -3460,15 +3482,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "Income" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gelir" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Amortisman" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Giderler" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 msgid "Direct Costs" @@ -3510,26 +3532,30 @@ msgid "" "legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" " entries." msgstr "" +"Hesap Tipi bilgi amaçlıdır, ülkeye özgü yasal raporlar oluşturmak ve mali " +"yıl kapanış kurallarını ayarlamak ve devir kayıtlarını oluşturmak için " +"kullanılabilir. Sistem iç tipi esas alır." #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Etiketler" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Özel raporlama için atamak isteyebileceğiniz isteğe bağlı etiketler" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Account Currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hesap Para Birimi" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." msgstr "" +"Bu hesap için bütün hareketlerin ikincil para biriminde olmasına zorlar." #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Internal Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "İç Tip" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -3537,10 +3563,13 @@ msgid "" "accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" " for vendor/customer accounts." msgstr "" +"'İçsel Tür', farklı hesap türlerinde bulunan özellikler için kullanılır: " +"likidite türü nakit veya banka hesapları için, borçlu / alacak satıcı / " +"müşteri hesapları içindir." #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uzlaştırmaya İzin Ver" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -3629,7 +3658,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Operation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Operasyon" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -4257,7 +4286,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Banka Hesap Özetleri" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 @@ -4339,11 +4368,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Faturalar" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tedarikçi Faturaları" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 msgid "Multi-currency Payments" @@ -4382,7 +4411,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Raporlama" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" @@ -4595,7 +4624,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 msgid "Balance Sheet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bilanço" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -4605,7 +4634,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 msgid "Profit and Loss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kar ve Zarar" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -4624,7 +4653,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Yönetici Özeti" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -4723,7 +4752,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Büyük Defter" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -4736,7 +4765,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 msgid "Aged Payable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Yaşlandırılmış Borç" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -4747,7 +4776,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alacak Yaşlandırma" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -4757,7 +4786,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nakit Akış" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -4768,7 +4797,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vergi Öngörüsü" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -4779,7 +4808,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vergiler" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" @@ -5251,7 +5280,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gerçekleşme Esasına Göre Vergi Yevmiyesi" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 msgid "Tax Received Account $15" @@ -5656,7 +5685,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Başlarken" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" @@ -5942,7 +5971,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Envanter Değerleme" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -6112,7 +6141,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hesap Planı" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -6128,7 +6157,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 msgid "Journal Entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Yevmiye Kayıtları" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -6214,7 +6243,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:26 msgid "Reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uzlaştırma" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -6274,7 +6303,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Debit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Borç" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 @@ -6291,7 +6320,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Credit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alacak" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 msgid "Invoice 1" @@ -6436,7 +6465,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hesap" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 @@ -6451,7 +6480,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "Account Receivable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alacak Hesabı" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 @@ -6476,7 +6505,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "Bank" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Banka" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 msgid "" @@ -6487,7 +6516,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 msgid "Bank Statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Banka Hesap Özeti" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 msgid "Statement XYZ" @@ -6499,7 +6528,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6 msgid "Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Yevmiye" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -6510,7 +6539,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:13 msgid "Payment Terms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ödeme Koşulları" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -6549,7 +6578,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:40 msgid "Journal Entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Yevmiye Kaydı" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -6563,7 +6592,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:50 msgid "Journal Item" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Yevmiye Kalemleri" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -6573,7 +6602,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:55 msgid "Analytic Accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Analitik Hesaplar" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -6587,7 +6616,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:65 msgid "Analytic Entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Analitik Kayıtları" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -6630,7 +6659,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:93 msgid "Fiscal Position" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mali Koşul" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -6876,7 +6905,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 msgid "Reconcile" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uzlaştır" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" @@ -7708,34 +7737,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Has Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Faturalar Var" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kullanılabilirlik için kullanılan teknik alan" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Hide Payment Method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ödeme Yönetimi Gizle" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "" "Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has " "only one available which is 'manual'" msgstr "" +"Seçilen günlükte yalnızca bir tane mevcutsa ödeme yöntemini gizlemek için " +"kullanılan teknik alan 'manuel'" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Code" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kodu" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "" "Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected." msgstr "" +"Ara birimi seçilen ödeme türüne uyarlamak için kullanılan teknik alan." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Check Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Çek No" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -7743,6 +7775,10 @@ msgid "" "printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is " "wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page." msgstr "" +"Seçilen yevmiye kontrol numaralarını basacak şekilde yapılandırılmıştır. " +"Önceden basılmış çek kağıtlarınızın numaraları zaten varsa veya geçerli " +"numaralandırma yanlışsa, yevmiye yapılandırma sayfasından " +"değiştirebilirsiniz." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" @@ -8597,7 +8633,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 msgid "Customer Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Müşteri Faturaları" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 msgid "How to setup cash discounts?" @@ -8864,11 +8900,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 msgid "Product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ürün" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ertelenmiş Gelir Türü" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" @@ -9036,7 +9072,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 msgid "Due date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vade Tarihi" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 @@ -9259,7 +9295,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 msgid "Contracts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sözleşmeler" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" @@ -9549,7 +9585,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Müşteri Ödemeleri" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index 858314b0e..3c43e518c 100644 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan , 2017\n" "Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,4 +20,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../applications.rst:3 msgid "Applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uygulamalar" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 3ce2a4468..c29e70207 100644 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -20,11 +20,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm.rst:5 msgid "CRM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CRM" #: ../../crm/calendar.rst:3 msgid "Calendar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Takvim" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize your Odoo Calendar with Google Calendar" @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 msgid "Choose *Calendar API*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'Takvim API' Seç" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -1156,7 +1156,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Genel Bakış" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" @@ -1449,7 +1449,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/overview/process.rst:3 msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Genel Bakış" #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:3 msgid "Generating leads with Odoo CRM" @@ -1708,7 +1708,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Raporlama" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:3 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index f7c545974..f353d2037 100644 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan , 2017\n" "Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +20,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Online Veritabanı Yönetimi" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:13 msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Veritabanı Kopyası Oluşturma" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -52,7 +53,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:38 msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gönderilen E-postalar" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 msgid "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce, for example)" @@ -64,7 +65,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:44 msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "vb.." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -207,7 +208,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:102 msgid "or" -msgstr "" +msgstr "veya" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:104 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index 20cdf2ae0..69306b463 100644 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan , 2017\n" "Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +20,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "" +msgstr "e-Ticaret" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Başla" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 msgid "How to customize my catalog page" @@ -31,7 +32,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ürünler" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -603,7 +604,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Genel Bakış" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" @@ -629,7 +630,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vergiler" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 msgid "Checkout process" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po index df7b00e8d..db13b47b9 100644 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po +++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan , 2017\n" "Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,4 +20,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expenses.rst:5 msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Giderler" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index b3a1fa64e..fd47cb341 100644 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan , 2017\n" "Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +20,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general.rst:5 msgid "General" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Genel" #: ../../general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kimlik Doğrulama" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" @@ -84,7 +85,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" -msgstr "" +msgstr "İçe Aktar" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index 2c3fda514..ed5dd4f52 100644 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan , 2017\n" "Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 msgid "Odoo Online Implementation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo Implementasyonu" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -43,7 +44,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Başlarken" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:22 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 494448a92..f6bf1d9fa 100644 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan , 2017\n" "Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,4 +20,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../index.rst:3 msgid "Odoo User Documentation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo Kullanıcı Dokümanı" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 2d42b6640..93b053a5d 100644 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -24,11 +24,11 @@ msgstr "Stok" #: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Barkodlar" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Günlük Operasyonlar" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sayım Farkı" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" @@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Raporlama" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -629,11 +629,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Terminoloji" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Minimum Stok Kuralı" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "MTO" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ msgstr "Yapılandırma" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Minimum Stok Kuralları" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "Active" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Etkin" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "Minimum Quantity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Min. Miktar" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "Maximum Quantity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Max. Miktar" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -855,7 +855,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Genel Bakış" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -2457,7 +2457,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 msgid "Transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Havaleler" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -2488,7 +2488,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 msgid "Inventory adjustment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sayım Farkı" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" @@ -2652,7 +2652,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Muhtelif İşlemler" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" @@ -2957,7 +2957,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182 msgid "Operation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Operasyon" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74 @@ -2968,7 +2968,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183 msgid "Unit Cost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Birim Maliyeti" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 @@ -3123,7 +3123,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 msgid "$20" -msgstr "" +msgstr "18:39" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" @@ -3159,7 +3159,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 msgid "Average Price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ortalama Fiyat" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 @@ -3354,7 +3354,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 msgid "Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tedarikçi Faturası" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 @@ -3372,7 +3372,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 msgid "Debit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Borç" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 @@ -3381,7 +3381,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 msgid "Credit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alacak" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 @@ -3462,7 +3462,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 msgid "Customer Invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Müşteri Faturası" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 @@ -4085,7 +4085,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Min. Stok Kuralları" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163 msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." @@ -4211,7 +4211,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 msgid "Product Category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ürün Kategorisi" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215 msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" @@ -4499,7 +4499,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Genel Bakış" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 msgid "From procurement to delivery" @@ -4739,7 +4739,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Başlarken" #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" @@ -5506,7 +5506,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40 msgid "Landed Cost Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maliyet Yükleme Tipi" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -5953,11 +5953,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3 msgid "Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ayarlar" #: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3 msgid "Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ürünler" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:3 msgid "How to use packages?" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po index 581c3a209..3247aa2f5 100644 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -20,11 +20,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Üretim" #: ../../manufacturing/operations.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing Operations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Üretim Operasyonları" #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment.rst:3 msgid "Replenishment Strategies" @@ -43,11 +43,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:10 msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Terminoloji" #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:13 msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Minimum Stok Kuralı" #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:22 #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:58 msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "MTO" #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ msgstr "Yapılandırma" #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:33 msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Minimum Stok Kuralları" #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Genel Bakış" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials.rst:3 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6 @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Başlarken" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "How to consume composents to make a finished product" @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:31 msgid "Kit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kit" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:61 msgid "Raw Materials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alt Bileşenler" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:86 msgid "Work Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "İş Emri" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:91 msgid "Work Center" -msgstr "" +msgstr "İş Merkezi" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:102 msgid "Working Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Çalışma Süresi" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:105 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index f0359c3d0..5dbcff7b4 100644 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -20,11 +20,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Satış Noktası" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced topics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "İleri Düzey Konular" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3 msgid "How to use discount tags on products?" @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:6 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Genel Bakış" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -857,7 +857,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -1930,7 +1930,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Barkodlar" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -1952,11 +1952,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 msgid "Sales Channel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Satış Ekibi" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 msgid "This Point of sale's sales will be related to this Sales Channel." msgstr "" +"Bu Satış Noktasının satışları, bu Satış Kanalı ile ilişkilendirilecektir." #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 msgid "Virtual KeyBoard" @@ -1968,7 +1969,7 @@ msgstr "Entegre Sanal Klavye Etkinleştirir" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 msgid "Invoicing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Faturalama" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 msgid "Enables invoice generation from the Point of Sale" @@ -2052,7 +2053,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Barkod Tarayıcı" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 msgid "Enable barcode scanning with a remotely connected barcode scanner" @@ -2118,7 +2119,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 msgid "Cash Control" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kasa Kontrolü" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 msgid "Check the amount of the cashbox at opening and closing." @@ -2907,7 +2908,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0 msgid "Active" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Etkin" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po index 50128044f..e91464ae1 100644 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan , 2017\n" "Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,4 +20,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../practical.rst:3 msgid "Practical Information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pratik Bilgiler" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index e186f18a9..52c0a249a 100644 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -20,11 +20,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project.rst:5 msgid "Project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Proje" #: ../../project/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" +msgstr "İleri Düzey" #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:3 msgid "How to use projects to handle claims/issues?" @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:31 msgid "Create a project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Proje Oluştur" #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:51 msgid "Invite followers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Takipçi Davet Edin" #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Genel Bakış" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 msgid "Email Template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "E-posta Şablonu" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Raporlama" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 4ae797c36..07f95fbdc 100644 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase.rst:5 msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Satınalma" #: ../../purchase/overview.rst:3 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 @@ -28,11 +28,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:6 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Genel Bakış" #: ../../purchase/overview/process.rst:3 msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Genel Bakış" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:3 msgid "Request for Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order?" @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:30 msgid "Import vendor pricelists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tedarikçi fiyat listelerini içe aktar" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -949,7 +949,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "vb.." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -1600,7 +1600,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "Vendor Reference" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tedarikçi Referansı" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -1621,7 +1621,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "Source Document" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kaynak Belge" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -1635,7 +1635,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "This will determine picking type of incoming shipment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bu, gelen sevkiyatların toplama türüne karar verecektir" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "Drop Ship Address" @@ -1649,7 +1649,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "Destination Location Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hedef Konum Türü" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" @@ -2788,7 +2788,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 msgid "Multi-Companies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Çoklu Firmalar (Grup Şirketleriniz İçin)" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" @@ -2866,7 +2866,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:6 msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tedarikçi Faturaları" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:8 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po index 8a20bf397..f1f411377 100644 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po +++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan , 2017\n" "Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,4 +20,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../recruitment.rst:5 msgid "Recruitment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "İşe Alım Süreci" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 4ee5af152..d68515352 100644 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "Satış" #: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Topics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "İleri Düzey Konular" #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" @@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:6 #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:6 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Genel Bakış" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" @@ -1692,7 +1692,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:82 msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vergiler" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:84 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index 08aada4a4..dfcdb314c 100644 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan , 2017\n" "Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website.rst:5 msgid "Website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Websitesi" #: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 msgid "Optimize" @@ -1312,7 +1313,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Genel Bakış" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index e585216f4..a4706c1dc 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Yaorong Li <55yaorong.li@gmail.com>, 2017\n" +"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA , 2017\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "" "`__" msgstr "" -"现在测试功能 `CODA 示例文件 ` __" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "" "in .CODA Format** and apply." msgstr "" "如果CODA没激活, 你首先激活它。在会计应用中, 去菜单 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> " -"设置(Settings)` 。在会计设置中, 检查选项 **以 .CODA 格式导入银行对账单** 并应用。" +"设置(Settings)`。在会计设置中, 检查选项 **以 .CODA 格式导入银行对账单** 并应用。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 msgid "Import your first CODA file" @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ msgid "" "**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " "Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." msgstr "" -"一旦您已经安装了此功能, 您可以设置你的银行账户允许导入银行对账单文件。 要做到这一点, 去会计 **仪表板** , 并在银行账户卡上点击按钮 " +"一旦您已经安装了此功能, 您可以设置你的银行账户允许导入银行对账单文件。要做到这一点, 去会计 **仪表板** , 并在银行账户卡上点击按钮 " "**更多** 。然后, 点击 **导入对账单** 来加载你的第一个 CODA 文件。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 @@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ msgid "" "`__" msgstr "" "Odoo能够每4小时直接获得所有银行对账单并自动导入Odoo, 与你的银行同步。在做这步之前, " -"你应该检查你的银行是否对予支持。你可以从“Odoo会计中找到相关功能 `__" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 @@ -823,8 +823,8 @@ msgid "" "From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." msgstr "" -"从会计程序, 进入菜单 :menuselection : menuselection :`Sales --> Batch Deposit` , " -"并创建一个新的 **Batch Deposit** ." +"从会计程序, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`Sales --> Batch Deposit` , 并创建一个新的 **Batch " +"Deposit** ." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -1251,8 +1251,7 @@ msgstr "通过点击 **付款登记(register payment)** , 我们告诉Odoo, 客 msgid "" "We can always find the payment back from the Invoice by clicking on the " ":menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." -msgstr "" -"我们可以找到付款信息, 通过单击发票上 :menuselection:`信息(Info) --> 开启付款(Open Payment)` 。" +msgstr "我们可以找到付款信息, 通过单击发票上 :menuselection:`信息(Info) -->开启付款(Open Payment)` 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -1440,10 +1439,9 @@ msgid "" "Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a " "**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -"为了让贵公司使用多种货币,你应该激活多种货币的模式。在会计应用程序中,进入 :menuselection: menuselection " -":`Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting & Finance Features` , 确保 **Allow" -" Multi-currencies** 已勾选。提供一个 **Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** 科目,然后点击 " -"**应用** 。" +"为了让贵公司使用多种货币,你应该激活多种货币的模式。在会计应用程序中,进入 :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Accounting & Finance Features` , 确保 **Allow Multi-currencies** " +"已勾选。提供一个 **Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** 科目,然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" @@ -1457,9 +1455,8 @@ msgid "" "created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support. " "(to activate a currency, check his active field)" msgstr "" -"一旦Odoo配置为支持多种货币,你应该激活您计划使用的货币。要做到这一点,菜单 :menuselection: menuselection " -":`Configuration --> Currencies` . 。默认情况下,所有货币都已创建. " -"但是你应该激活你计划的货币。(激活一种货币,检查他的活跃的字段)" +"一旦Odoo配置为支持多种货币,你应该激活您计划使用的货币。要做到这一点,菜单 :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Currencies` . 。默认情况下,所有货币都已创建. 但是你应该激活你计划的货币。(激活一种货币,检查他的活跃的字段)" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1605,21 +1602,21 @@ msgstr "类型" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在客户发票日记账中选择‘销售’。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在供应商账单日记账中选择‘购买’。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" "Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor " "payments." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在客户或供应商的日记账中选择‘现金’或‘银行’。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在杂项业务日记账中选择‘通用’。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Company" @@ -1753,7 +1750,7 @@ msgstr "不管这个日记账是否显示在仪表板" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" -msgstr "" +msgstr "检查已选择的打印付款方式" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -1937,11 +1934,11 @@ msgstr "一旦模块被安装了, 你应该看到在财务应用程序了两个 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`顾问(Adviser) --> 资产(Assets)` " +msgstr ":menuselection:`顾问(Adviser) -->资产(Assets)` " #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 资产类型(Asset Types)` " +msgstr ":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->资产类型(Asset Types)` " #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1962,8 +1959,8 @@ msgid "" "provide any complex accounting information. They just need to provide an " "asset type on the supplier bill." msgstr "" -"资产类型用于配置资产的所有信息 : 资产和弃用帐户、 摊销方法等。这样一来, 顾问可以配置资产类型, 用户可以进一步记录资产, " -"而无需提供任何复杂的会计信息。他们只需要提供资产类型供应商条例草案 》。" +"资产类型用于配置资产的所有信息 : 资产和弃用帐户、摊销方法等。这样一来, 顾问可以配置资产类型, 用户可以进一步记录资产, " +"而无需提供任何复杂的会计信息。他们只需要提供资产类型供应商条例草案》。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -1978,7 +1975,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 msgid "" "To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr "要定义资产类型, 进入 :menuselection:`配置--> 资产类型` " +msgstr "要定义资产类型, 进入 :menuselection:`配置-->资产类型` " #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 msgid "Create assets manually" @@ -1988,7 +1985,7 @@ msgstr "手动创建资产" msgid "" "To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Assets`." -msgstr "要手动登记资产, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`顾问--> 资产` 。" +msgstr "要手动登记资产, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`顾问-->资产` 。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -2172,7 +2169,7 @@ msgid "" " depreciation board: a green bullet point means that the journal entry has " "been created for this line." msgstr "" -"Odoo将在合适的日期为每位确认资产自动创建折旧日记帐分录。 （不是那些草案）。您可以在贬值板控制 :绿色圆点表示日记帐分录已经为这个系列创作。" +"Odoo将在合适的日期为每位确认资产自动创建折旧日记帐分录。（不是那些草案）。您可以在贬值板控制 :绿色圆点表示日记帐分录已经为这个系列创作。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -2346,7 +2343,7 @@ msgid "" "We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " "Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" " an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." -msgstr "我们需要为这个预算命名。在这种情况下, 我们把它叫做“史密斯项目\" 。选择预算适用的期间。下一步, 在预算行定义目标。 " +msgstr "我们需要为这个预算命名。在这种情况下, 我们把它叫做 \"史密斯项目\" 。选择预算适用的期间。下一步, 在预算行定义目标。 " #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -2561,7 +2558,7 @@ msgid "" "**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." msgstr "" "在Odoo中，没有必要做一个特定的年底结账分录，以关闭损益表科目。这些报表实时创建，这意味着 **损益表** " -"直接对应于您在Odoo中指定的年终日期。因此，任何时候你生成 **损益表**，开始日期将对应于 **财政年度** 的开始，并且 科目余额将全部为0。" +"直接对应于您在Odoo中指定的年终日期。因此，任何时候你生成 **损益表**，开始日期将对应于 **财政年度** 的开始，并且科目余额将全部为0。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -2571,8 +2568,8 @@ msgid "" "or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " "reporting a 0 balance." msgstr "" -"一旦会计师/记账员创建分配 **当年利润**的日记账分录，你应该将 **锁定日期** 设置本财政年度的最后一天 。确保在此之前，您确认**资产负债表**" -" 中当年度收入是否正确报告余额为0。" +"一旦会计师/记账员创建分配 **当年利润**的日记账分录，你应该将 **锁定日期** 设置本财政年度的最后一天。确保在此之前，您确认**资产负债表** " +"中当年度收入是否正确报告余额为0。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" @@ -5197,7 +5194,7 @@ msgid "" "Accounting application." msgstr "" "你的公司必须要配置为默认不含税价格。通常这是默认的配置, 但是你可以会计模块的 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) " -"--> 设置(Settings)` 中勾选 **默认销项税** 。" +"-->设置(Settings)` 中勾选 **默认销项税** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -5207,7 +5204,7 @@ msgid "" "per customer segment**." msgstr "" "一旦完成, 你就可以创建 **B2C** 价格表。你可以在以下菜单项激活价格表特性 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) " -"--> 设置(Settings)` 。选择设置 **不同的客户段不同的价格** 。" +"-->设置(Settings)` 。选择设置 **不同的客户段不同的价格** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -5225,7 +5222,7 @@ msgid "" " from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" msgstr "" "然后, 创建一个标价为8.26€的产品, 税是 21%(不含税价), 并且给该产品的B2C客户设置价格为10€。可以通过以下菜单项 " -":menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 产品(Products)` " +":menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->产品(Products)` " #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" @@ -5238,7 +5235,7 @@ msgid "" "position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " "included in price)" msgstr "" -"在会计模块下创建一个B2C的财务结构 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration ) --> 财务结构(Fiscal " +"在会计模块下创建一个B2C的财务结构 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration ) -->财务结构(Fiscal " "Positions)` 。该财政位置做了VAT 21%(不含税价)和VAT 21%(含税价)的映射" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 @@ -5251,7 +5248,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " "result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." msgstr "" -"在销售模块下创建一个报价单, 使用菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 报价单(Quotations)` " +"在销售模块下创建一个报价单, 使用菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->报价单(Quotations)` " "菜单。你会得到以下结果 :8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 @@ -5285,7 +5282,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " "the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "价格表在客户的 **销售 & 采购** 标签页面, 财政位置在客户的会计标签页面" +msgstr "价格表在客户的 **销售&采购** 标签页面, 财政位置在客户的会计标签页面" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -5298,17 +5295,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何适应税务对我的客户状态或定位" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 msgid "" "Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " "To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "多数情况下，销售税率取决于你的客户状态或定位。为体现税率情况，Odoo带来了*财务状况*图" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建税务映射" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -5316,7 +5313,7 @@ msgid "" " on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " "customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " "purchases." -msgstr "" +msgstr "财务状况是一套将欠税（在产品表格中定义）映射到其他税种的规则。在以下截图中，外国客户取得0% 而非默认的15%税率。同时适用于销售与采购。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -5325,7 +5322,7 @@ msgid "" "cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " "Positions`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "依据您的位置自动创建主要财务状况”但特殊用例需另行创建。定义财务状况的路径：:menuselection:‘发票/会计配置财务位置’" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -5333,34 +5330,34 @@ msgid "" "according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " "from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " "foreign countries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需使用Odoo会计功能，也可依据财务状况映射收入/支出帐户。举例说，有些国家的销售收入不会记入与来自国外的销售收入帐户。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "调整客户的对应税率" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 msgid "" "If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" "mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如客户适用于某个特定税务规则，请应用税率映射功能，首先创建一个财务状况并分配给你的客户。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 msgid "" "Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " "for the customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo将把这一特定财务状况分配给客户记录的任何订单/发票。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 msgid "" "If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " "will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " "same customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果在销售订单或发票中手动设置了财务状况，则其只会应用到这一文件，而不会应用到同一客户的未来订单/发票。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "调整客户所在地的税率（基于目的地）" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -5370,34 +5367,35 @@ msgid "" "require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " "your office or warehouse)." msgstr "" +"依据你的地理位置，销售税率可能基于源头或基于目的地课税。多数州或国家要求以目的地（即买方地址）收税，而另一些国家或地区要求以源头（即你的办公室或仓库所在地）位置收税。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 msgid "" "If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " "tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如您适用于目的地课税规则，请为每个“应用税率映射”创建一个财务状况。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "勾选*自动发现*。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 msgid "" "Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择一个国家组、国家、州或城市，开启税率映射。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 msgid "" "This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " "fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这种方式不会为客户设置财务状况，Odoo将在创建订单时选择与送货地址匹配的财务状况。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 msgid "" "For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " "update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " "his shipping address." -msgstr "电子商务订单, 当访问者登录或填写送货地址后, 客人购物车的税收将自动更新和应用 。" +msgstr "对于电子商务订单, 当访问者登录或填写送货地址后, 其购物车的税收将自动更新和应用 。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 msgid "Specific use cases" @@ -5407,13 +5405,13 @@ msgstr "特殊使用案例" msgid "" "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " "replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在某些财务状况下，如要删除而不是替换一种税，只需让*应用税率*栏保持空白。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 msgid "" "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," " just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于某些财务状况，有时需要用另外两种税替换一种税，只需用同一个*产品税率*创建两行。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:82 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 @@ -5424,22 +5422,22 @@ msgstr ":doc:`create` " #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:83 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何管理现金基本税" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5447,7 +5445,7 @@ msgid "" "validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" " your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " "method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成付款且无发票过期（本例为标准税）之情形时，应支付现金基本税。基于现金基本税向管理部门申报收、支法在某些国家和一定条件下是合法的。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -5455,11 +5453,11 @@ msgid "" "receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " "basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " "2nd quarter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "示例：你在财政年度的一季度销售产品，在财政年度的第二季度收到付款。在收付实现制下，你要管理部门支付的税款应在第二季度支付。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "怎样配置收付实现税？" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -5467,6 +5465,7 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " "define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." msgstr "" +"首先要到以下路径中激活设置：menuselection:会计->配置->设置->允许税收收付实现，接着系统会要求你定义一个税收收付实现日记账。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -5475,41 +5474,42 @@ msgid "" "and in the *Advanced Options* tab you will see the checkbox *Use Cash " "Basis*. You will then have to define the *Tax Received Account*." msgstr "" +"完成这一步骤后，可在以下路径配置税种：menuselection:会计->配置->税种，然后在*高级选项*页签下打开“税种”，勾选*使用收付实现税*，然后定义*税收接收帐户*。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:39 msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "收付实现税对我的会计系统将造成何种影响？" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:41 msgid "" "Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " "When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " "your accounting:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "举个例子，你取得了100美元的销售收入，附带15%的收付实现税。当你验证客户发票时，以下科目会被创建到你的会计系统中：" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:46 msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户发票日记账" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:50 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "" +msgstr "应收15美元" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:76 msgid "Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" +msgstr "税款帐户15美元" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "" +msgstr "收入帐户100美元" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:57 msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "几天后，你收到付款：" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 msgid "Bank Journal" @@ -5517,12 +5517,12 @@ msgstr "银行日记账" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:64 msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "" +msgstr "银行115美元" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:69 msgid "" "When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你对比发票和付款时，生成了以下条目：" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" @@ -5530,17 +5530,17 @@ msgstr "税金现金收付制日记账" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "" +msgstr "税收帐户15美元" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 msgid "" "The two journal items created in the Income Account are neutral but they are" " needed to insure correct tax reports in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在收入帐户下创建的两个日记帐项目为中性，但必需使用它们来确保Odoo中的税收报告准确无误。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何创建新税收" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5549,6 +5549,7 @@ msgid "" "withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " "with the right taxes." msgstr "" +"Odoo的税收引擎非常灵活，它可以支持多种不同的税别，包括：增值税(VAT)、环境污染税、联邦/州/城市税、保留额、代扣所得税等等。在多数国家，系统已经预先配置了正确的税种。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -5559,27 +5560,27 @@ msgstr "该章节详细的介绍了如何在特定情景中定义新的税。" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " "menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`会计->配置->税收，菜单中可以看到全部税种，使用：销售税和购置税。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择一个范围：销售、购置或无（例如：废弃税种）。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择一种计算方法：" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**固定**：环境污染税，以及其他" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**价格百分比**：更为普遍（例如售价15%的销售税）" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**包含售价的百分比**：例如巴西等国。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" @@ -5590,39 +5591,39 @@ msgid "" "If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " "item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " "posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你使用Odoo做帐，请设定税款帐户（即税款日记帐条目所在位置）。这一字段是可选的，如不填写，Odoo则将税收日记帐条目存放在收入帐户上。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 msgid "" "If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " "probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " "using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如不想使用某种税种，不可简单删除，因为此税种很可能用于多种发票上。为防止用户继续使用这一税种，可以将*税收范围*设置为*无*。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 msgid "" "If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " "**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " "code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需高级税务系统，可以安装**account_tax_python**模块，用Python代码定义新的税种。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "高级配置" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 msgid "" "**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " "on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " "following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**发票标签**：用于表示税种在发票行打印方式的短文本。例如，名为\"15%服务费\"的税种可以显示为。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 msgid "" "**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " "the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " "footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "* *税率组* *: 这个发票页脚处自定义。所有属于这个组的税会在发票页脚处汇总。税务组: 增值税、保留税。" +msgstr "* *税率组* *: 这个发票页脚处自定义。所有属于这个组的税会在发票页脚处汇总。税率组: 增值税、保留税。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -5634,7 +5635,7 @@ msgstr "* *包含于成本分析* * : 税是计入成本,因此, 如果发票 msgid "" "**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " "empty." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**标签**:用于客户报告，通常可以不填写。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 @@ -5644,33 +5645,33 @@ msgstr ":doc:`application` " #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何设置欠税" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" "Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " "localizations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你所在国家的适用税种已在大多数地区自动安装。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 msgid "" "Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " "tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " "country/state than you." -msgstr "" +msgstr "订单和发票中的欠税设置来自每个产品的发票系统的页签。你向同一国家/州的公司销售产品时适用这些税种。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 msgid "" "To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了更改创建的任一新产品的欠税设置，请选择：menuselection:‘发票/会计->配置->设置’。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 msgid "" "If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " "may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " "login into two different companies and change this field for each company." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你处于多公司环境中，你服务的每个公司的销售和购置税值可能有所不同。你可以登入两个不同的公司中，为每个公司修改这一字段。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" @@ -5757,21 +5758,21 @@ msgstr "打印的发票将显示每个组合的不同合计。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何设置含税价" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 msgid "" "In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " "*Included in Price* for your sales taxes in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "多数国家的B2C价格都是含税的。可以在销售税中勾选**含税价**，路径为 :menuselection:`会计->配置->税收。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 msgid "" "This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " "let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" " product form is $100." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这样产品的价格设定就是含税的。例如，如果某产品的销售税为10%，那么产品表单上的售价为100美元。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" @@ -5809,11 +5810,11 @@ msgstr "总计待支付 :$100" msgid "" "You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " "and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如同时需要含税(B2C)和不含税(B2B)两种方式，可依据以下文档：:doc:`B2B_B2C`." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在电子商务目录中显示含税价" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -5822,10 +5823,12 @@ msgid "" "(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " "Display)." msgstr "" +"显示在电子商务目录中的价格默认为不含税，要改为含税，请打开 " +":menuselection:`销售->配置->设置（税种显示）,勾选*显示含税(B2C)*。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the US thanks to TaxCloud" -msgstr "" +msgstr "怎样通过TaxCloud获得美国正确的税率" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5835,78 +5838,79 @@ msgid "" "calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and special " "jurisdiction in the United States." msgstr "" +"**TaxCloud**集成功能允许用户计算美国各地的销售税，跟踪免除销售税的产品类别，以及哪些州支持免税。TaxCloud可实时计算各州、市以及美国特别司法辖区的销售税。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 msgid "In Tax Cloud" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在TaxCloud税收云上" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 msgid "" "Create a free account on `*TaxCloud* `__ " "website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*TaxCloud* `__地址下创建一个帐户" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "Register your website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在该网址上注册TaxCloud，获得一个*API ID*和*API密钥*。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo上" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and check *Compute sales tax automatically using TaxCloud*. Click *Apply*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`发票/会计->配置->设置，勾选*使用TaxCloud自动计算销售税，点击*应用*。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "Still in those settings, enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "继续在设置中输入你的TaxCloud证书。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:32 msgid "" "Hit *Sync TaxCloud Categories (TIC)* to import TIC product categories from " "TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may imply specific " "rates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击*同步TaxCloud目录(TIC)*，从TaxCloud中导入TIC（征税信息代码）产品目录。有些目录可能表示特定的税率。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 msgid "" "Set default *TIC Code* and taxe rates. This will apply to any new product " "created. A default sales tax is needed to trigger the tax computation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置默认的*TIC代码*和税率。这适用于创建的任一新产品。默认税率用于触发税款的计算。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:43 msgid "" "For products under a specific category, select it in its detail form (in " "*Sales* tab)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于一个特定目录下的产品，请从详情表中进行选择（位于*销售*页签下）。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:46 msgid "" "Make sure your company address is well defined (especially the state and the" " zip code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and click " "*Configure your company data*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保你的公司地址是正确的（尤其是邮政编码）。到以下路径进行设置 :menuselection:`设置->通用设置，点击*配置公司信息*。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:51 msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" +msgstr "工作方式" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:53 msgid "" "Automatic tax assignation works thanks to fiscal positions (see " ":doc:`application`). A specific fiscal position is created when installing " "*TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "由财务状况而定的自动税收分配工作（见doc:’应用’）。安装*TaxCloud*时，特定的财务状况同时被创建。一切工作方式都非常新颖。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:58 msgid "" "This fiscal position is set on any sales order, web order, or invoice when " "the customer country is *United States*. This is triggering the automated " "tax computation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "任何来自*美国*的销售订单、网页订单或发票都可设置这一财务状况，并触发自动税收计算。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -5916,10 +5920,11 @@ msgid "" "rate if that tax percentage does not already exist in your system and return" " it in the order item line (e.g. 7.0%)." msgstr "" +"为产品添加一个默认销售税。Odoo会自动发送请求给TaxCloud，获取基于客户位置（州和城市邮编）和产品TIC目录的准确税率。如果系统中没有合适的税率，则会创建一个税率（例如7.0%）并返回到订单项目行。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 msgid "How to create specific tax mappings using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何使用TaxCloud创建一个特定的税收映射" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -5927,10 +5932,12 @@ msgid "" "API* to do so. Such fiscal postions can be assigned to customers in their " "detail form in order to get them by default whenever they buy you something." msgstr "" +"勾选*使用TaxCloud " +"API*，可以用TaxCloud创建多种财务状况。这些状况可以在详细表中分配给不同的顾客。每次顾客向你购买商品时都可默认取得。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:86 msgid ":doc:`default_taxes`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`default_taxes`" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" @@ -6048,7 +6055,7 @@ msgid "" "`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " "`__" msgstr "" -" `理解每个单据的odoo会计交易 ` __" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 @@ -6231,7 +6238,7 @@ msgid "" "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" " tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." -msgstr "Odoo为你的纳税期间合计所有的会计交易， 并使用这些汇总计算纳税的义务。然后, 您可以通过运行Odoo的税务报表来检查你的销售税金。" +msgstr "Odoo为你的纳税期间合计所有的会计交易，并使用这些汇总计算纳税的义务。然后, 您可以通过运行Odoo的税务报表来检查你的销售税金。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "Inventory Valuation" @@ -6250,7 +6257,7 @@ msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " "`__" msgstr "" -" `查看计价方法对交易的影响 ` " +" `查看计价方法对交易的影响` " "__" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 @@ -7576,7 +7583,7 @@ msgstr "销售价 : 0.32" msgid "" "Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " "Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" -msgstr "计量单位 :公里(Km) 或 英里(mile) (需在菜单[销售模块]-->[配置]中勾选\" 多个计量单位\\ \\ \\ \"" +msgstr "计量单位 :公里(Km) 或英里(mile) (需在菜单[销售模块]-->[配置]中勾选\" 多个计量单位\\ \\ \\ \"" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 msgid "**Hotel**" @@ -7654,7 +7661,7 @@ msgstr "会计登录日记账分录" msgid "" "the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " "with a payable account)" -msgstr "公司报销员工费用 （员工就像一个供应商, 有应付款科目）" +msgstr "公司报销员工费用（员工就像一个供应商, 有应付款科目）" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -7678,7 +7685,7 @@ msgstr "一个产品 :费用类型" msgid "" "a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" " car)" -msgstr "价格 （例如酒店） 或数量 (例如报销自驾车里程数)" +msgstr "价格（例如酒店）或数量 (例如报销自驾车里程数)" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -7727,7 +7734,7 @@ msgstr "经理能 :" msgid "" "discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " "bill is missing);" -msgstr "讨论费用索要更多的信息 （例如, 单据复印件丢失）;" +msgstr "讨论费用索要更多的信息（例如, 单据复印件丢失）;" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 msgid "reject an expense;" @@ -7800,7 +7807,7 @@ msgstr "未重开票给客户的费用" msgid "" "If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " "options:" -msgstr "如果一些费用不可以重开发票给客户, 你有两个选项 ︰" +msgstr "如果一些费用不可以重开发票给客户, 你有两个选项︰" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 msgid "" @@ -8053,7 +8060,7 @@ msgstr "付款界面字段的解释 :" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Has Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "有发票" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" @@ -8061,7 +8068,7 @@ msgstr "技术字段可使用" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Hide Payment Method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "隐藏付款方式" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -8165,11 +8172,11 @@ msgstr "付款登记后, 点击* *确定* *。确认后,就可以直接* *打印 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 msgid "`Print checks `_" -msgstr " `打印支票 ` _" +msgstr " `打印支票` _" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements `_" -msgstr " `银行对账 ` _" +msgstr " `银行对账` _" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" @@ -8251,7 +8258,7 @@ msgstr "供应商发票,通过勾选旁边的框选择刚刚创建的发票。 msgid "" "Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " "for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." -msgstr "插入付款的细节。系统会计算2个 账单的总金额,但你可以修改它。点击* *确认 * *。" +msgstr "插入付款的细节。系统会计算2个账单的总金额,但你可以修改它。点击* *确认 * *。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" @@ -8271,7 +8278,7 @@ msgstr "首先, 我们来创建一个付款" msgid "" "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " "Option --> Send Money`" -msgstr "这可以在以下处理 :`仪表盘 --> 银行分类账 --> 更多选项 --> 付款` " +msgstr "这可以在以下处理 :`仪表盘 -->银行分类账 -->更多选项 -->付款` " #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -8757,7 +8764,7 @@ msgid "" "vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " "Reference)" msgstr "" -"从采购程序, 你可以创建你需要的产品的采购单。如果供应商发给你一个确认或报价。你可以在 **供应商 参考** " +"从采购程序, 你可以创建你需要的产品的采购单。如果供应商发给你一个确认或报价。你可以在 **供应商参考** " "字段填写订单参考编号。这可以使你方便地和稍后的供应商订单匹配(因为供应商账单可能会包含供应商参考内容)" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 @@ -8778,7 +8785,7 @@ msgid "" "see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " "is outlined in red below:" msgstr "" -"如果你采购了你管理库存的可库存产品, 在采购单被确认后你需要从 **库存** 中接收产品。 在 **库存** 仪表盘, " +"如果你采购了你管理库存的可库存产品, 在采购单被确认后你需要从 **库存** 中接收产品。在 **库存** 仪表盘, " "你可以看到一个按钮直接链接你到产品的转移, 这个按钮在以下红色处概述 :" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 @@ -9634,7 +9641,7 @@ msgstr "该过程适用与服务类型的产品和实物类产品" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "销售订单(Sales Order) ‣ 提货单(Delivery Order) ‣ 发票(Invoice)" +msgstr "销售订单(Sales Order) ‣提货单(Delivery Order) ‣发票(Invoice)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -9655,7 +9662,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "电子商务订单 ‣ 发票" +msgstr "电子商务订单‣发票" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -9786,7 +9793,7 @@ msgid "" "Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " "specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " "term but invoice conditions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "各地发票系统中的付款条件是有差别的。如你将某一笔订单分成两部分向顾客开发票，则这不是一个付款条件，而是一个开发票的条件。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -10239,7 +10246,7 @@ msgstr "即使第一个方法更干净，Odoo仍支持第二种方法, 因为一 msgid "" "On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " "--> Create`" -msgstr "在会计模块，转到 :menuselection:`配置 --> 分类账 --> 创建`" +msgstr "在会计模块，转到 :menuselection:`配置 -->分类账 -->创建`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -10262,7 +10269,7 @@ msgstr "**默认借方账户**: 信用卡" msgid "" "The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " "set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "帐户类别可以是\"信用卡\"。完成设置后，请记得将\"信用卡\"帐户设为\"允许对账\"。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 @@ -10375,7 +10382,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`recording` " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 @@ -10514,7 +10521,7 @@ msgstr "发送客户对账单" msgid "" "Send your customers reminders in batches in the menu :menuselection:`Sales " "--> Customer Statements`." -msgstr "在菜单中分批发送您的客户提醒 :菜单选择:`销售--> 客户报表` ." +msgstr "在菜单中分批发送您的客户提醒 :菜单选择:`销售-->客户报表` ." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -11050,7 +11057,7 @@ msgstr "查看所有 **逾期发票** 或 **需要的行动** " #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:139 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Customers Statement`" msgstr "" -"转到 :menuselection:`会计(Accounting) --> 销售(Sales) --> 客户对账单(Customers " +"转到 :menuselection:`会计(Accounting) -->销售(Sales) -->客户对账单(Customers " "Statement)` " #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:145 diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 8b81cd489..e154d4dec 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: zhangpeiqing , 2017\n" +"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA , 2017\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,48 +28,50 @@ msgstr "日历" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize your Odoo Calendar with Google Calendar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何同步你的Odoo日历和Google Calendar？" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " "manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " "directions)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo能完美集成Google Calendar，因此能从两个平台上管理你的会议（同时通过两种方式更新日程）。" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 msgid "Setup in Google" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Google中设定" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to " "generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." msgstr "" +"打开Google API平台https://console.developers.google.com>，生成Google Calendar " +"API证书，然后用Google帐号登录。" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 msgid "Choose *Calendar API*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择*Calendar API*。" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 msgid "" "Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " "to store your API credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建一个新项目并取名（例如Odoo）。项目用于存贮API证书。" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:25 msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用API。" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:30 msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建用于Odoo的证书。" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 msgid "" "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " "of data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择*Web浏览器（Javascript）*作为呼叫源，选择*用户数据*作为数据类。" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -79,6 +81,7 @@ msgid "" "URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " "'/google_account/authentication'." msgstr "" +"然后创建一个客户端ID。输入应用名称（例如Odoo）及你被许可重定向的页面。*授权JavaScript原点*是你的Odoo实例URL。*授权的重定向URL*是Odoo实例的URL,后接'/google_account/authentication'。" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -86,27 +89,27 @@ msgid "" "Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not mandatory. The" " Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for " "the first time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "输入产品名（如Odoo）进入用户许可屏。自行勾选用户自定义选项（非必须）。只有在首次输入客户端ID时才会显示用户许可屏。" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 msgid "" "Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" " the **Client secret** as well. You will need both of them in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最后，你将获得一个**客户端ID**。进入*证书*窗口同时获取**客户端机密**。在Odoo应用中两者都是必需的。" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:62 msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置Odoo" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:64 msgid "Install **Google Calendar** app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装**Google Calendar**应用程序。" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your " "credentials in Google Calendar option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`设置 --> 通用设置，在Google Calender选项中输入你的证书号。" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -115,10 +118,12 @@ msgid "" "connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" " whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." msgstr "" +"设置现已就绪。打开Odoo日历，与Google " +"Calendar同步。首次同步时会转到Google，对链接进行授权。返回Odoo后，再次点击同步按钮。任何时候同步均可点击这个按钮。" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:83 msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "没有理由再错过会议了哦！" #: ../../crm/leads.rst:3 msgid "Leads" @@ -162,7 +167,7 @@ msgid "" "module --> General Settings`." msgstr "" "你需要做的第一件事是配置你的 **发送电子邮件服务器** 和 **接收电子邮件网关** , 从 " -":menuselection:`设置模块(Settings module) --> 常规设置(General Settings)` 。" +":menuselection:`设置模块(Settings module) -->常规设置(General Settings)` 。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -199,7 +204,7 @@ msgstr "从那里, 发送到这个电子邮件地址的每个电子邮件将生 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:48 msgid "Set up catch-all email domain" -msgstr "设置 获取-所有 邮件域名" +msgstr "设置获取-所有邮件域名" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -210,7 +215,7 @@ msgid "" "domain." msgstr "" "此外, 以您的销售团队的别名, 你还可以创建一个通用的电子邮件别名(例如 *@联系人* 或 *信息@* ), 也将产生Odoo " -"CRM新的联系。仍然在销售模块, 去 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` " +"CRM新的联系。仍然在销售模块, 去 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->设置(Settings)` " "并设置捕获所有电子邮件域。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:57 @@ -243,7 +248,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`website` " #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:3 msgid "How to import contacts to the CRM?" -msgstr "如何导入联系人到CRM?" +msgstr "如何将联系人导入CRM?" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -290,7 +295,7 @@ msgid "" "if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." msgstr "" "默认情况下, 线索阶段是不再Odoo里被激活的.如果你要导入你的联系做为线索而不是机会, 如下所示去到 " -":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` , 选择 **使用线索如果...** 并点击 " +":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->设置(Settings)` , 选择 **使用线索如果...** 并点击 " "**应用** 。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:33 @@ -299,7 +304,7 @@ msgid "" "from which you will be able to import your contacts from the **Import** " "button (if you want to create a lead manually, :doc:`click here `)" msgstr "" -"这种激活将创建一个新的子菜单 :menuselection:`销售 - > 线索` 从中你将能够从 **导入** 按钮, " +"这种激活将创建一个新的子菜单 :menuselection:`销售 - >线索` 从中你将能够从 **导入** 按钮, " "导入联系人(如果你想手动创建一个线索, : doc :`点击这里<手册>` )" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:41 @@ -314,7 +319,7 @@ msgid "" "format options (**Encoding** and **Separator**) to match your local settings" " and display your columns properly." msgstr "" -"在新的子菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 线索(Leads)` , 点击 **导入** 并选择您的Excel文件, 从 " +"在新的子菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->线索(Leads)` , 点击 **导入** 并选择您的Excel文件, 从 " "**选择文件** 按钮导入。确保它的扩展名是 **.csv** 文件, 不要忘记设置正确的文件格式选项( **编码** 和 **分离器** ), " "以配合您的本地设置和正确显示你的列。" @@ -389,7 +394,7 @@ msgid "" "to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the option " "\"\"use leads if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -"默认情况下, 线索阶段在Odoo CRM. 里是不激活的. 要激活它的话, 去:menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`, " +"默认情况下, 线索阶段在Odoo CRM. 里是不激活的. 要激活它的话, 去 :menuselection:`销售 -->配置 -->设置`, " "如下所示选择选项 **选择线索如果...** 并点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:18 @@ -406,14 +411,14 @@ msgstr "创建新线索" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:28 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` and click the **Create** button." -msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 线索(Leads)` , 并点击 **创建** 按钮." +msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->线索(Leads)` , 并点击 **创建** 按钮." #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:33 msgid "" "From the contact form, provide all the details in your possession (contact " "name, email, phone, address, etc.) as well as some additional information in" " the **Internal notes** field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从联系人表格中，提供你所拥有的全部详细信息（包括联系人姓名、电邮、电话、地址等），在**互联网笔记**栏提供其他信息。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -527,7 +532,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "默认情况下, 线索阶段在Odoo CRM 里是不激活的。而是, " "新的线索自动成成机会.你能轻松地激活增加线索步骤的选项.如果你要导入你的联系活动作为线索而不是机会, 从销售模块的 " -":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` , 如下所示选择 **使用线索如果...** " +":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->设置(Settings)` , 如下所示选择 **使用线索如果...** " "的选项并点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:50 @@ -912,8 +917,8 @@ msgid "" "Once the module is installed, you should see a new menu " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Leads Management --> Scoring Rules`" msgstr "" -"一旦模块安装后, 你可以看到一条行的菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 线索管理(Leads Management) " -"--> 评分规则(Scoring Rules)` " +"一旦模块安装后, 你可以看到一条行的菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->线索管理(Leads Management) " +"-->评分规则(Scoring Rules)` " #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:33 msgid "Create scoring rules" @@ -1020,7 +1025,7 @@ msgid "" "field." msgstr "" "现在下一步是自动将您的最佳线索转化为机遇。为了做到这一点, 你需要决定什么是最低分数线索应该被移交给一个指定的销售团队。去你 **的销售仪表板** , " -"然后点击 **更多** 您期望的销售队伍的按钮, 然后在 **设定** 。 在 **最低分数** 字段输入你的值。" +"然后点击 **更多** 您期望的销售队伍的按钮, 然后在 **设定** 。在 **最低分数** 字段输入你的值。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -1114,7 +1119,7 @@ msgid "" "`_. Once the source directory is " "extracted:" msgstr "" -"你也需要安装PJSIP, 你可以从如下链接下载 `_.一旦资源目录被提取。" +"你也需要安装PJSIP, 你可以从如下链接下载 `_.一旦资源目录被提取。" #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:37 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" @@ -1167,7 +1172,7 @@ msgstr "运行Asterisk 配置脚本" #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:108 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" -msgstr "运行Asterisk 菜单选择 工具" +msgstr "运行Asterisk 菜单选择工具" #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -1928,8 +1933,8 @@ msgid "" " by accessing this basic report, you can get a quick overview of your actual" " sales performance." msgstr "" -"您可以从 **销售** 模块中获得您的销售渠道业绩, 通过点击 :菜单选择:`销售 - >报告 - >管道分析` 。默认情况下, 报告组合了所有的机会," -" 通过阶段(了解更多关于如何创建和自定义阶段阅读 :DOC:'../销售团队/设置/组织_管道)和当月的预期收入。这份报告对 **销售经理** " +"您可以从 **销售** 模块中获得您的销售渠道业绩, 通过点击 :菜单选择:`销售- >报告 - >管道分析` 。默认情况下, 报告组合了所有的机会, " +"通过阶段(了解更多关于如何创建和自定义阶段阅读 :DOC:'../销售团队/设置/组织_管道)和当月的预期收入。这份报告对 **销售经理** " "定期审查销售渠道与相关销售团队是很完善的。通过访问这个基本的报告, 你可以得到的实际销售业绩的快速概述。" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:30 @@ -2377,7 +2382,7 @@ msgstr "创建一个挑战" msgid "" "You will now be able to create your first challenge from the menu " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." -msgstr "现在, 您可以从菜单中创建您的第一个挑战 :菜单选择:`设置 - >游戏化工具 - > 挑战` 。" +msgstr "现在, 您可以从菜单中创建您的第一个挑战 :菜单选择:`设置 - >游戏化工具 - >挑战` 。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -2444,7 +2449,7 @@ msgid "" "The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach. " "**Goals** are assigned through **challenges** to evaluate (see here above) " "and compare members of a team with each others and through time." -msgstr "用户可使用的目标和达到数值目标进行评估。 分配 **目标** 并通过 **挑战** 评估(见本文上面)在团队成员之间进行比较及通过的时间。" +msgstr "用户可使用的目标和达到数值目标进行评估。分配 **目标** 并通过 **挑战** 评估(见本文上面)在团队成员之间进行比较及通过的时间。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -2473,7 +2478,7 @@ msgstr "发票总量在特定的一周, 一个月或根据您的喜好管理其 msgid "" "Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " "and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." -msgstr "目标也包括你的数据库设立(比如 设定你的公司数据, 一个时区, 建立一个新用户, 等等)" +msgstr "目标也包括你的数据库设立(比如设定你的公司数据, 一个时区, 建立一个新用户, 等等)" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:93 msgid "Set up rewards" @@ -2490,7 +2495,7 @@ msgstr "对于非数值的成绩, **徽章** 可以授给用户。从一个简 msgid "" "You can easily create a grant badges to your employees based on their " "performance under :menuselection:`Gamification Tools --> Badges`." -msgstr "您可以轻松创建一个授予徽章基于你的员工的表现 :菜单选择:'游戏化工具 - > 徽章 `。" +msgstr "您可以轻松创建一个授予徽章基于你的员工的表现 :菜单选择:'游戏化工具 - >徽章 `。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:106 msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`" @@ -2517,8 +2522,8 @@ msgid "" "To create a new team, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Teams` " "and click on **Create**." msgstr "" -"建立一个新团队, 去 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 销售团队(Sales Teams)` 点击 " -"**创建** 。" +"建立一个新团队, 去 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->销售团队(Sales Teams)` 点击 **创建**" +" 。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:18 msgid "Fill in the fields :" @@ -2658,7 +2663,7 @@ msgid "" "For example, if your sales cycle contains the stages *Territory, Qualified, " "Qualified Sponsor, Proposition, Negotiation, Won and Lost,* then your " "workflow could look like this :" -msgstr "比如, 如果你的销售周期包含阶段 *领域, 资格认证, 资格认证保证, 主张, 谈判, 赢得 和丢失, * 然后你的工作流就可以这样 :" +msgstr "比如, 如果你的销售周期包含阶段 *领域, 资格认证, 资格认证保证, 主张, 谈判, 赢得和丢失, * 然后你的工作流就可以这样 :" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -2709,7 +2714,7 @@ msgstr "*成功率 : 75%*" msgid "" "**Won** : the prospect confirmed his quotation and received a sales order. " "He is now a customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**赢了**：潜在客户确认了他的报价，收到销售订单。现在他已成为真正的顾客了。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:119 msgid "*Success rate : 100%*" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index 4e75d15e6..8561bd2e8 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA , 2017\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux , 2017\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -20,11 +20,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在线数据库管理" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:13 msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "复制数据库" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "" "administrator of the database you want to duplicate. After that, click on " "the **Manage Your Databases** button." msgstr "" -"访问`数据库管理页面 `__ (你必须先登入sign in). 下一步, " +"访问`数据库管理页面`__ (你必须先登入sign in). 下一步, " "在复制数据库前先确保你拥有管理员权限. 然后, 点击**管理你的数据库** 按钮." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:26 @@ -89,11 +89,11 @@ msgstr "数据库副本将在15天后自动过期." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 msgid "On-premise Database management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "预置数据库管理" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "注册一个数据库" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -104,25 +104,28 @@ msgid "" "registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " "(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." msgstr "" +"要激活你的数据库，只需在应用切换器 (App " +"Switch）标题中输入订阅码。注意订阅码前后不可有空格。注册成功后，空格会变为绿色，并会显示数据库的到期时间。可以在“关于”菜单（Odoo " +"9）或“设置”仪表板（Odoo 10）中查看这个过期时间。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "注册错误消息" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 msgid "" "If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " "message:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你无法注册数据库，可能会被提示以下的消息：" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:130 msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "解决方案" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的企业订阅号码是有效的吗？" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -133,30 +136,31 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你是否已经将数据库绑定到你的订阅号码？" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 msgid "" "You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " "development database? `Find a partner `__)" msgstr "" +"你只可以绑定一个数据库到你的订阅号码。（需要测试或开发数据库吗？请到以下地址寻找合作伙伴：）" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 msgid "" "You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " "`__ with the button \"Unlink " "database\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "按\\Unlink database（取消数据库绑定）\\按钮可自行在Odoo合约（Odoo Contract）中取消旧数据的绑定。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 msgid "" "A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " "as it will be deactivated shortly:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "出现确认消息时，请确保这是正确的数据库，该数据库会冻结。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你有Odoo9的升级版吗？" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190 @@ -172,42 +176,43 @@ msgid "" "`__, a short message will appear " "specifying which database is problematic:" msgstr "" +"如果不属于上述情形，可以用多个数据库共享同一个UUID。请在中勾选“Odoo合约”，然后会出现以下提示：请指出有问题的数据库" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 msgid "" "In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " "this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " "`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这种情况你需要更改测试用数据库的UUID。可在以下位置查找详细信息： :ref:`本节 `" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 msgid "" "For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " "database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " "invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为便于查找，我们用UUID辨别数据库，因此每个数据库都有自己独一的UUID，确保大家能轻松处理注册信息和小票。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 msgid "Too much users error message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用户量超标的错误消息" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84 msgid "" "If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" " Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你本地数据库的用户数高于Odoo企业订阅的购买量，可能会收到以下提示：" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:93 msgid "" "When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " "countdown is updated everyday." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的资料库会在第30天过期，每天更新倒计时天数。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:99 msgid "" "**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " "upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在订阅中**添加用户**：按照以下链接验证追加的报价，并为额外的用户付款。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:102 msgid "or" @@ -219,7 +224,7 @@ msgid "" "`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "按照文献要求**冻结用户**" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -229,50 +234,51 @@ msgid "" " so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification ` to make the " "message disappear right away." msgstr "" +"数据库得到准确的用户数量后，过期消息会在Odoo自动验证后消失，会是几天的时间。我们理解看到倒计时界面会有一点吓人，所以可以:ref:`force升级通知`立即移除倒计时。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:116 msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "数据库已过期错误消息" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:118 msgid "" "If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " "subscription, you will encounter this message:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果在更新订阅之前数据库临近过期日期，你会收到以下消息提示：" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 msgid "" "This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" " days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " "database is expired." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在非屏蔽消息出现至少30天后，**屏蔽**消息出现。如果倒计时结束前仍未采取任何行动，数据库过期而冻结。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 msgid "" "Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " "that" -msgstr "" +msgstr "更新你的订阅：按照以下链接更新你的订阅-注意" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:133 msgid "" "if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " "renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " "card payments are processed immediately." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如通过电汇付款，只有当汇款到账后订阅方才生效，可能会耽误几天时间。信用卡付款可以立即处理。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:136 msgid "Contact our `Support `__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "联系我们的支持部门：" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 msgid "" "None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " "`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以上订阅均不适用？请联系我们的支持部门" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145 msgid "Force an Update Notification" -msgstr "" +msgstr "强制升级通知" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -284,33 +290,34 @@ msgid "" "in your App Switcher. When doing such an operation on your subscription, you" " can force an Update using the following procedure:" msgstr "" +"升级通知每7天出现一次，使数据库与您订阅的Odoo企业版保持一致。如果修改了订阅（即添加了用户、续订一年等情形），你的本地数据库只能识别到每7天一次的更改，这可能会造成实际的订阅状态与App切换器通知之间的差异。在对订阅进行这种操作时，可以通过以下步骤强制升级：" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:154 msgid "Connect to the database with the **Administrator** account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用**管理员**帐号连接数据" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 msgid "" "Switch to the Developer mode by using the **About** option in the top-right " "menu (in V9) / in **Settings** (in V10): click on **Activate the developer" " mode**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "切换到菜单右上方（V9版本）或**设置**（V10版本）的**关于**选项，选择开发者模式，点击**激活开发者模式**" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:158 msgid "" "Navigate to the \"Settings\" menu, then \"Technical\" > \"Automation\" > " "\"Scheduled Actions\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "导航到\"设置\"菜单，选择\"技术\" > \"自动\" > \"预设动作\"" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160 msgid "" "Find \"Update Notification\" in the list, click on it, and finally click on " "the button \"**RUN MANUALLY**\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在列表中找到\"升级通知\"并点击，最后点击\"**手动运行**\"按钮" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 msgid "Refresh the page, the \"Expiration\" notification should be gone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "刷新页面后，\"过期\"通知消失。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -323,7 +330,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "复制数据库" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -353,13 +360,13 @@ msgid "" " generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record " "by clicking on it and using the edit button." msgstr "" -"可以通过菜单 **设置 > 参数 > 系统参数** 访问到数据库的UUID,我们建议使用 `uuid 生成器 " +"可以通过菜单 **设置>参数>系统参数** 访问到数据库的UUID,我们建议使用 `uuid生成器 " "`__ 或Unix命令 " "\"uuidgen\"来生成一个新的UUID.你就可以编辑按钮来用新的UUID替换原先的记录." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用户和特性" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -385,6 +392,7 @@ msgid "" "to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " "goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." msgstr "" +"本页包含了如何管理你的Odoo。在进行以下步骤前，我们**强烈**建议您先在复制的数据库上进行测试。这样的话，即便有错误，也不会影响到业务运作。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -392,6 +400,8 @@ msgid "" " ` and :ref:`on premise ` " "installations." msgstr "" +"查看如何复制数据用于:ref:`online ` 和:ref:`on premise " +"`安装。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -467,6 +477,8 @@ msgid "" "` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" " installing/uninstalling apps)." msgstr "" +"请确保在进行任何正式改动前（*尤其是*安装或卸载App时）在复制数据库的:ref:`duplicate " +"`进行第一次测试。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index 54ad6a9d1..c2fb117bf 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Kate Lee , 2017\n" +"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA , 2017\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -24,11 +24,11 @@ msgstr "讨论" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 msgid "How to use my own email servers to send and receive email in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo邮件收发服务器配置详解" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:6 msgid "When is it needed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "什么情况下需要在Odoo中收发邮件？" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -37,10 +37,11 @@ msgid "" "solution that works straight away. However you can still use your own email " "servers with the online edition. Some insights are provided here below." msgstr "" +"当您在Odoo社区版或企业版中使用邮件服务器进行邮件收发来传递消息时您需要使用Odoo的这个功能。Odoo自带一个在线电子邮件管理系统。您可通过配置相关参数来在线收发电子邮件。以下操作仅供参考。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:14 msgid "How to set it up" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何设置" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -48,16 +49,19 @@ msgid "" "check *External Email Servers* (watch out: this checkbox only shows up after" " Odoo 10). Then, go through the following steps." msgstr "" +"以系统管理员的身份登陆后点击菜单 :menuselection:`设置 --> " +"通用设置，勾选*外部邮件服务器*（注意：只有Odoo10以上的版本才有这个复选框)。若是8.0版本请您以系统管理员的身份登陆后点击菜单 " +":menuselection:`设置 --> 常规设置，看到电子邮件四个中国汉字，的边上对应两个配置项，点击进行相关参数配置。然后进入以下步骤。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21 msgid "" "Office 365 doesn't allow external hosts like Odoo. Consequently you can't " "use Office 365 email servers to send or receive messages in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Office 365不支持Odoo这类的外部主机，因此无法通过Office 365电邮服务器在Odoo上收发消息。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26 msgid "Set an outgoing email server for outbound messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置发件服务器相关参数" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -65,10 +69,12 @@ msgid "" "etc.) as well as your admin credentials. Once all the information has been " "filled out, click on *Test Connection*." msgstr "" +"你需要找到电子邮件服务商（例如Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, " +"AOL）的SMTP参数和管理证书。比如在中国大陆用QQ邮箱的话，SMTP你可以这样设置：smtp.qq.com——前提是你需要开启QQ邮箱的SMTP，实在没办法的也可加应用群212904求助。填写完邮箱配置信息后，点击*测试连接*。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:35 msgid "Set an incoming email server for inbound messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置收件服务器相关参数" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -76,6 +82,7 @@ msgid "" "*Actions to Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has " "been filled out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." msgstr "" +"根据电子邮件服务商的具体参数进行填写配置。例如中国大陆QQ邮箱您可以填写imap.qq.com。不要填写*对接收到的邮件采取的行动*栏。如实在没办法可加群374626483求助。填写完毕后，点击*测试并确认*。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -83,20 +90,22 @@ msgid "" " value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " "Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*." msgstr "" +"默认的设置是每隔5分钟接收一次邮件。可以在开发模式中更改这个间隔值。方法是进入 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 自动 -->" +" 设定动作，然后找到*邮件: 邮件收发服务*。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:49 msgid "Set the domain name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设定邮箱域名" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:50 msgid "" "Enter the domain name of your email servers (e.g. mycompany.com) in General " "Settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在通用设置里面输入邮件服务器域名（如duuge.com）注：在8.0叫别名域。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57 msgid "Create a catchall address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建一个分组收件地址（类似QQ域名邮箱中的分组管理功能）" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -105,6 +114,8 @@ msgid "" " Odoo (opportunity, order, task, etc.) and to the inbox of all its " "followers. By default this address is \"catchall@\" but it can be changed." msgstr "" +"当一个联系人回复Odoo发送的邮件时，*reply-to* " +"地址是一个catchall地址，可将回复中继到Odoo（商机、订单、任务等）中正确的讨论话题，以及所有关注者的邮箱中。地址默认为\"catchall@\"，也可以更改。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -112,10 +123,11 @@ msgid "" "use \"catchall@\" so that everything works out straight away. If you want to" " use another alias, you have extra steps in Odoo:" msgstr "" +"在你的邮件服务器设置中创建一个catchall地址。我们建议您使用\"catchall@\"地址，可直接运行。如想使用其他别名，需要在Odoo中多设置一些步骤。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67 msgid "Activate the developer mode from your Settings Dashboard." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从设置仪表板激活开发者模式。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -123,14 +135,16 @@ msgid "" "Parameters --> System Parameters` and enter your custom catchall alias in " "*mail.catchall.alias*." msgstr "" +"刷新屏幕。然后进入 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 参数 --> " +"系统参数，在*mail.catchall.alias*中输入你自定的catchall别名。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79 msgid "You can edit the email alias used for bounced messages the same way." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可以用同样的方法编辑外发邮件的地址别名。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:82 msgid "How to use my own email servers with Odoo Online" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何通过Odoo在线使用我自己的邮件服务器" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -140,17 +154,18 @@ msgid "" "of any message sent from Odoo will be your personal email address (your Odoo" " login). Your contacts will therefore trust your messages." msgstr "" +"Odoo在线具有嵌入式和立即可用的邮件服务器(*@yourcompany.odoo.com*)。我们建议保持此默认设置，因为它非常便捷。带有Odoo标签时，从Odoo发出的任何可见消息源都是你的个人邮件地址（你的Odoo登录），联系人也会因此而信任你发送的邮件。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90 msgid "" "You can still use your own email servers if you want your contacts to see " "your historic email address when they reply to your messages or if you want " "to manage the reputation of your email servers yourself." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你希望联系人在回复邮件时看到你的历史地址，或者希望自行管理邮件服务器，仍可使用你自己的邮件服务器。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94 msgid "There are 2 methods:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下有两种设置方法：" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -170,10 +185,11 @@ msgid "" "instances. If you opt for this solution, simply follow the procedure of " "above section." msgstr "" +"**使用catchall邮箱**单独使用你自己的邮件服务器。这是你管理自己的邮件服务器可信度的方式（黑名单机制等）。由于cron每小时运行一次，接收的邮件从邮件服务器中获取。这是cron在线实例的最短时间段。如你选择了这种解决方案，只需按照以下步骤设置。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 msgid "How to be SPF-compliant when using external email servers in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo上使用外部邮件服务器时如何与SPF兼容" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -183,61 +199,62 @@ msgid "" "don't comply with it, your emails sent from Odoo will be likely flagged as " "spam." msgstr "" +"发送者策略框架（SPF）是一种邮件确认系统，它可以检查某个域名发出的邮件是否经过域名管理者的授权。这种安全机制被用于多数邮件服务器。如果不兼容，则你从Odoo发出的邮件很可能被标记为垃圾邮件。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118 msgid "" "To be SPF-compliant, you need to authorize Odoo as a sending host in your " "domain name settings:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了与SPF兼容，你需要在域名设置中对Odoo授权。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:121 msgid "Sign in to your domain’s account at your domain host." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在你的域名主机中登入你域名的帐户。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122 msgid "Locate the page for updating your domain’s DNS records." -msgstr "" +msgstr "找到域名DNS记录的更新页面。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123 msgid "" "If no TXT record is set, create one with following definition: v=spf1 " "include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果未设置TXT格式的记录，用以下定义创建一个记录：v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all " #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:125 msgid "In case a TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如已经设置了TXT记录，添加\"include:_spf.odoo.com\"" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:127 msgid "e.g. for a Gmail server it should be:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，Gmail服务器可以这样设置：" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:129 msgid "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -msgstr "" +msgstr " v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all " #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131 msgid "" "Find `here `__ the exact procedure to " "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." -msgstr "" +msgstr "找到，在你自己的域寄存器中以准确步骤创建或修改TXT记录。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134 msgid "" "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " "usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "新的SPF记录48小时后生效，但通常用不了那么长时间。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:137 msgid "" "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " "record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为一个域添加多个SPF记录可能导致邮件被分类为垃圾。我们建议仅修改一个SPF记录以授权给Odoo。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:142 msgid "How to choose between Odoo and my traditional email box" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何在Odoo和传统的电子邮箱之间做出选择" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -248,6 +265,8 @@ msgid "" " or applications goes into Odoo; What is not can be managed into your " "external email box." msgstr "" +"Odoo讨论是一种发送与读取业务相关信息的完美工具，但它不会替代功能完善的电邮解决方案（如Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, " +"AOL等）。我们建议采用两种方案的优势部分，而不是混用：与Odoo业务目标或应用相关的信息进入Odoo，无法管理的信息进入外部邮箱。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -256,10 +275,11 @@ msgid "" "used for messaging outside of Odoo, incoming messages will land into both " "systems. This will negatively impact your productivity." msgstr "" +"为此需要创建特定的电邮别名在Odoo中使用（以生成话题、机会或helpdesk工作票等）。如你已经采用了Odoo以外的邮箱别名，接收的邮件将同时进入两个系统。这会影响到工作效率。" #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何从Odoo跟踪Twitter推送" #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -267,10 +287,11 @@ msgid "" "Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " "from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." msgstr "" +"你可以在Twitter上关注特定的主题标签（#），查看你选择的Odoo讨论频道。可以定期从Twitter上接收推文。认证用户可以转发这些内容。" #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Twitter侧设置App" #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -278,10 +299,11 @@ msgid "" " for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" " http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" msgstr "" +"Twitter的\"App\"向Odoo打开网关，推送内容，并允许用户转发推文。要设置APP，请访问http://apps.twitter.com/app/new并输入以下值：" #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Name：Twitter上应用的名称" #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -290,28 +312,29 @@ msgid "" "\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" " this field." msgstr "" +"Website：Odoo数据库的外部URL地址，添加了\"/web\"字段。例如，如你的Odoo实例主机位于\"http://www.example.com\\，那么可以在此字段中输入\"http://www.example.com/web\"" #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 msgid "" "Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " "the previous example you should write " "\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "回访URL：这是Twitter要响应的地址。关注之前你应该写过的示例。" #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 msgid "" "Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " "on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "别忘记了接受**开发者协议**条款，然后点击页面底部的**创建你的Twitter应用程序**按钮。" #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "" +msgstr "正在获取API密钥和机密" #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 msgid "" "When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在App仪表板界面切换到**密钥与访问令牌**页签下。" #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -322,7 +345,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何在我的邮件中吸引用户的注意力" #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -342,7 +365,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "" +msgstr "直接向用户发送消息" #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -361,7 +384,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "来自讨论模块的桌面通知" #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -375,18 +398,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何用Odoo收件箱提高我的工作响应效率" #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 msgid "" "Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " "everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " "follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用Discuss模块上的**收件箱**监控你在Odoo上的一切更新与进程。你关注的所有内容有更新或你被提及时，都会在收件箱收到通知消息。" #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以从任何屏幕上快速查看**收件箱**。" #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -399,7 +422,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 msgid "Why to use Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为什么要用Odoo Discuss" #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -416,7 +439,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何通过频道与团队进行有效沟通" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -429,7 +452,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 msgid "Creating a channel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建一个频道" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -459,7 +482,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 msgid "Configuring a channel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "正在配置频道" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -477,7 +500,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 msgid "How to set up a mailing list" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何设置邮件列表" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -488,12 +511,12 @@ msgid "" "next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " "messages by email." msgstr "" -"一个渠道可看作是邮件清单。从:menuselection:`#channel-name --> " -"Settings`，定义要使用的电子邮件。用户将使用所定义的电子邮件地址收发通知。一个信封图标将出现在列表中的渠道名称旁边，表示可用电子邮件发送消息。" +"一个频道可看作是邮件清单。从:menuselection:`#频道-" +"名称-->设置，定义要使用的电子邮件。用户将使用所定义的电子邮件地址收发通知。一个信封图标将出现在列表中的频道名称旁边，表示可用电子邮件发送消息。" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 msgid "Locating a channel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "正在定位频道" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -517,7 +540,7 @@ msgstr "用户最好在创建新频道前先搜索列表，以确保不会重复 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用过滤器在Discuss内部导航" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -532,32 +555,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何关注一个讨论话题，以及如何定义你希望收到的消息" #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何关注一个讨论话题" #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 msgid "" "You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," " a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中几乎可以**关注**任何业务目标（如一个机遇、报价或任务等）" #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何选择要关注的事件" #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 msgid "" "You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " "example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " "**Project** app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以选择收到何种类型的事件通知。下例显示了**Project**App的**任务**选项中有哪些选项是可用的。" #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何添加其他粉丝" #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -568,7 +591,7 @@ msgstr "您可邀请其他用户，并添加渠道作为追随者。添加渠道 #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 msgid "How to be a default follower" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何成为默认的粉丝" #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -577,10 +600,11 @@ msgid "" " new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " "created, an opportunity won)." msgstr "" +"你已自动成为你所创建的所有项目的默认粉丝。在CRM和Project等应用中，可以成为任何新创建记录的默认粉丝并收到特别事件的通知（如创建新任务、赢得机会等）" #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 msgid "" "To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" " in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " "about." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为此，需要开始关注上级业务目标（如CRM中的销售频道、Project中的项目），然后选择需要关注的事件。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index 241f2c569..1b457dc34 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Eddie Lim , 2017\n" +"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA , 2017\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,43 +28,43 @@ msgstr "启动" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何定制我的目录页" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品目录" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 msgid "" "All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "所有印刷的项目都会显示在你的目录（或*店铺*）页面中" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 msgid "" "Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " "website categories, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "多数选项都可以在*自定义*菜单中找到，如显示属性、网址目录等" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "高亮一个产品" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 msgid "" "Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " "them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" " page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." -msgstr "" +msgstr "加强星标/推广产品的可见性：将其置于顶部，放大，加一条可编辑的条幅（促销、新品等）。打开店铺页面，切换到编辑模式，点击任一项目自定义网格。" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 msgid "" "See how to do it: " "https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何操作：" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "快速添加到购物车" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -74,115 +74,116 @@ msgid "" "Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " "better)." msgstr "" +"如你的顾客一次购买大量产品，可以启用目录页的购买，加速购买流程。为此，需要添加产品描述和购物车按钮。打开*自定义*菜单的以下选项：产品描述、添加到购物车、查看列表（为了更好地显示产品描述）。" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何建立一个产品页面" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在该网站点击右上角的*新页面*。" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "" +msgstr "再点击*新产品*并按照闪烁的提示操作。" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下为产品页面的要素：" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可通过*自定义*菜单查看到这些要素。" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "查看如何配置以下链接中的产品。" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理我的产品" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何显示每个产品的多张图片" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 msgid "" "By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " "only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " "the image into a carrousel." -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品页默认只显示产品的主要图片。如需展示产品多角度的图片，可以将图片设为旋转模式。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 msgid "" "Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在:menuselection:`网站管理->配置->设置，中选择勾选*每个产品多张图片*。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 msgid "" "Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" " in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开产品详细表格，从*图片*页签下上传图片。在编辑模式中点击*创建*，打开上传指引。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这种额外的图片对于所有产品变量（如有）而言是很普遍的。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何显示产品的库存。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 msgid "" "The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " "your customers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品库存可以在网站上显示，从而让你的顾客心中有数。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 msgid "" "To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " "an option in *Availability*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为显示库存，打开产品详情表中的*销售*页签，在*库存*中选择一个选项。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 msgid "" "A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " "delay, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾客警示信息可能与库存紧张、送货延迟等有关。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这一工具没有要求安装存货清单App。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -190,10 +191,11 @@ msgid "" "comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " "backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." msgstr "" +"如果一个产品下架了，可以从你的网站中抹除。如果产品来自一个特定的产品变量，可以在后端禁用这个变量（参见：doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`）" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何管理产品变量" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -203,153 +205,155 @@ msgid "" "chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " "available options." msgstr "" +"产品变量用于向产品页面上的顾客提供同一产品的类似产品，例如，顾客选择了一款T恤及尺码、颜色，下面顾客又从可用选项中选择一款手机、相应的内存卡" +"、颜色和Wi-Fi带宽。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何创建属性与变量" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 msgid "" "Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " "size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 :menuselection:`销售->设置，中选择启用*产品可以有多个属性，定义这些变量（如尺码、颜色等）*。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从产品列表中选择一款产品，再选择*变量*页签" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" "Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " "drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " "are 2 values for 1 attribute." -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加三种类型的多个属性：单选按钮、下拉菜单或颜色按钮。因为每种属性有多个变量，故你得到多个变量。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何编辑变量" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从产品模板详情表中查看多个变量" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以编辑以下数据：" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "图片（在网站中实时更新），" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "" +msgstr "条形码" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "内部货号（SKU#）," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 msgid "Volume," -msgstr "" +msgstr "数量" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 msgid "Weight," -msgstr "" +msgstr "重量" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "活跃（是否在网站中、是否可以报价）" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 msgid "" "Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " "to populate them once the variants generated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "条形码和内部货号都是特定的变量。一旦生成了变量，即需要确定它们。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 msgid "" "See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " "Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " "variants." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从 :menuselection:`销售->促销->产品变量，中选择然后编辑所有的变量。如果你管理着多个变量，可能需要加快一点进度。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何为每个变量设置特定的价格" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 msgid "" "You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " "Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你还可以点击产品详情表（左上角）的*变量价格*，为每一种变量设置特定的公开价格。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 msgid "" "The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " "attribute value is selected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每当选择了对应的属性值，都可以为产品价格添加额外价格。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 msgid "" "Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " "product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过价格表公式为各种价格变量设置高级价格计算方法。参见：doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何禁用或归档变量" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 msgid "" "You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " "available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " "etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可以禁用或归档特定的变量，使它们不再出现在报价及网站中（从库存中丢弃），只需取消详情表中*归档*的勾号。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 msgid "" "To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " "list. You can reactivate them the same way." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需找回此类归档的项目，在搜索变量列表中点击*已归档*。可以用同样的方式再次激活这些项目。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使收入最大化" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何销售附件和可选产品（交叉销售）" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 msgid "" "You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " "screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " "functionalities:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你销售电脑，为什么不鼓动顾客再买一个高级的显示器或延长的质保期呢？这就是交叉销售功能块的目标。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "" +msgstr "结账页的产品附件，" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 msgid "" "Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "额外的产品在新的*添加到购物车*屏幕（默认没有安装）。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "" +msgstr "结账时显示产品附件" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 msgid "" "Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " "reviews the cart before paying." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾客为购物车付款时，出现附件（如电脑的鼠标键盘）。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在产品详情页的*销售*页签下选择附件。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -357,11 +361,11 @@ msgid "" "several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " "products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " "suggested accessories." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当多个产品被添加到购物车时，这是一种预测附件产品的最佳算法。如果某一附件对应多个加入购物车的产品，那么它很可能会出现在推荐附件的最顶端。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加到购物车时的可选产品" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -369,85 +373,86 @@ msgid "" "computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " "product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." msgstr "" +"可选产品直接与加入购物车的产品相关（如对于电脑而言，质保期、操作系统软件、备件等）。如果主产品被放入购物车，则弹出新的窗口，提示下一个步骤。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发布可选产品：" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 msgid "" "Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " "default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " "up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*App*菜单中安装*eCommerce可选产品*插件，移除默认过滤器并在插件上搜索，否则只会显示主要的App。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从产品描述页的*促销*页签下选择可选项。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 msgid "" "The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." -msgstr "" +msgstr "加入购物车的可选项的数量与主要产品的数量是一致的。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何为我的访问者调整定价" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "本节进一步介绍eCommence这一应用的定价功能：" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据地区强制定价，" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "" +msgstr "让顾客选择币种。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 msgid "" "As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，需要勾选产品定价的管理方式：:doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geo-IP定位程序可自动应用合适的价格" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 msgid "" "Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " "logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "向你的价格表分配国家组。这样尚未登录的用户可以在登录网站后看到他们适用的币种。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "" +msgstr "登录后，可以看到与其本国货币对应的价格表。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "" +msgstr "币种选择器" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" "In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " "their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " "drop-down menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你在多个国家销售产品，请让顾客选择其自己的币种。勾选*可选*，将价格表添加到下拉菜单的网站中。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" @@ -457,7 +462,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " "campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "想提升你的圣诞节销售额吗？可在促销中分享你的优惠码，运用各种折扣。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 @@ -468,7 +473,7 @@ msgstr "设置" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" " on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`促销->设置，在*销售价格*公式中选择*高级定价策略*。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -476,131 +481,132 @@ msgid "" " new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " "code." msgstr "" +"进入 :menuselection:`网站管理->目录->价格表，创建一个带折扣规则的新价格表（参见doc:`pricing` ，然后输入一个代码。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 msgid "" "Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " "*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保*购物车*页面的优惠码一栏可用（在*自定义*菜单选项中）。添加一个产品到购物车。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 msgid "" "Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " "prices get automatically updated in the cart." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开后，看到右侧出现一个新的小节。点击*应用*价格，在购物车中自动更新价格。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 msgid "" "The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " "analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾客使用的优惠码存放于系统之中，因此你可以评估你的营销战略的表现。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个价格表都显示促销…" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何启用点评" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 msgid "" "Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " "of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " "your customer to share their feedback!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "公布并监测顾客的购买心得将有助于你赢得新客户，并且更好地与社区互动。双击后，可允许你的顾客反馈购买体验！" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 msgid "" "Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " "page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从产品web页面的*自定义*菜单中激活顾客反馈。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 msgid "" "Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " "so (see Portal documentation)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用户必须登录方可发表评论。请确保他们能行使这一功能（参见门户文档）。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "实时查看发贴" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 msgid "" "Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " "followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾客发贴后，产品经理及产品的全体关注者均可在收件箱收到通知（*讨论*菜单）。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 msgid "" "By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " "follower." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建产品的用户自动默认为该产品的关注者。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 msgid "" "Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " "the product discussion thread)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击产品名称，打开详情页并查看评论（在产品讨论主题中）。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "" +msgstr "调解及删贴" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 msgid "" "You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " "form or on the web page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可以通过聊天或在web页面的产品详情页轻松地进行调解。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 msgid "" "To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " "button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要删除某个评论，请打开产品web页面，点击*已发表*按钮，使其变为红色（*删帖*）。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "..tip::" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 msgid "" "You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" " smart button (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击*已发布*智能按钮可以从详情页访问web页面（反之亦然）。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 msgid "How to sell pricier product alternatives (upselling)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何高价销售产品的替代物（追加销售）" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 msgid "" "In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " "is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" " time browsing your catalog." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为使收入最大化，强烈推荐销售基本款的高价替代品。为此，顾客会花更多时间浏览你的产品目录。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为此，你需要：" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 msgid "" "Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " "form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " "customers will be confused." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从3个选项中选取*替代品*（位于产品详情的*促销*页签下）就好了，不要发布过多的替代品，否则你的顾客会感到无所适从的。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 msgid "" "Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " "page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在产品Web页面的*自定义*菜单中打开*替代品*。" #: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" @@ -608,21 +614,21 @@ msgstr "概述" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo eCommerce介绍" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 msgid "" "The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " "time. The topics follow the buying process:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "本文指导您快速使用eCommerce网站。购买之后是以下步骤：" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品页" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "店铺页" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 msgid "Pricing" @@ -634,11 +640,11 @@ msgstr "税金" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "收银流程" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "增销及交叉销售" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 msgid "Payment" @@ -646,37 +652,37 @@ msgstr "付款" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "送货及跟踪" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" #: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开我的网站" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "付款" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何让购买者付款" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " "Invoicing apps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo嵌入了多个付款方法以支持eCommerce、促销和发票App上的支付行为。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "" +msgstr "哪一种付款方式可用呢？" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "电汇" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -684,30 +690,30 @@ msgid "" "your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" " bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" "wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "电汇是默认的可用付款方式，用于向顾客提供你的银行信息，以便让他们通过银行付款。这种方式简单易懂但效率缓慢，还是尽快采用网上支付方式吧！" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "收款方" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 msgid "" "Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" " track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" " over time:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将顾客引导到你的支付平台上，轻松收款和跟踪付款状态（回调）。Odoo过一段时间将会支持更多的支付平台。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 msgid "`Paypal `__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Paypal `__" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ingenico " #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Authorize.net " #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 msgid "Adyen" @@ -719,7 +725,7 @@ msgstr "Buckaroo" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PayUmoney" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 msgid "Sips" @@ -731,17 +737,17 @@ msgstr "条带" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何激活" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 msgid "" "Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " "activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" +msgstr "付款方法就绪后，使付款界面清晰可见，然后激活**生产**模式。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何让顾客保存并再次使用信用卡" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -749,15 +755,16 @@ msgid "" "a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." " This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." msgstr "" +"为便于老顾客付款，你可以让其保存并再次使用信用卡。为此，支付令牌会保存在Odoo中。这一选项需调用Ingenico和Authorize.net。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以从收款方配置表中打开这一功能。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何将信用卡刷卡记入借方" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -765,51 +772,52 @@ msgid "" "bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " "have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." msgstr "" +"Odoo订阅允许多次发生的服务计费。因此，你可以自动将顾客的信用卡消费记入借方。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这一选项需启用Ingenico 和Authorize.net。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 msgid "" "That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " "subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" " from the subscription." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当顾客订阅服务后，记录一个付款令牌。一旦订阅开出发票，即自动记入借方。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何使用其他收款方式（高级）" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 msgid "" "Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " "acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" " status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo能提交单笔付款请求并转到任何收款方。但没有回调，也就是说Odoo不会跟踪交易的状态。因此你收款后需要手动确认订单。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 msgid "How to:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何：" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "" +msgstr "切换到开发者模式" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "采用**自定义**付款方法" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 msgid "" "Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " "acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " "duplicate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据收款方的指引设置付款表格（S2S表格模板）。可以从你能复制的*default_acquirer_button *按钮开始设置。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "其他配置" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -818,6 +826,8 @@ msgid "" "`__)." msgstr "" +"Odoo还可用于更多的高级付款过程，如分期付款（例如Paypal 分期付款Paypal Installment Plans " +"`__)." msgstr "" +"如果选择了这种模式，系统会要求你选择一个付款日记账户以便记录你账簿上的付款。此付款与发票系统连接，支付之后立即进行标记。银行账户收到付款后请选择**银行账户**，如未做选择，可以为收款方创建一个特定的日记账（类别=银行）。这样你就可以跟踪中间账户的在线支付情况，直至银行账户收到款项（参见“如何注册信用卡支付”）。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "送货后获得付款" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 msgid "" "With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " "the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " "only available with Authorize.net." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在这种模式下，订单已经确认，但没有显示金额。送货后，可以从Odoo获取付款。仅在Authorize.net环境下支持这种模式。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 msgid "" "To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " "*Capture Transaction*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了获取付款，请从订单中打开交易，然后点击*获取交易*。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 msgid "" "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " "interfaces, not from Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于其他收款方，你可以在其自己的界面（非Odoo）中管理获取。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid with Paypal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何用Paypal收款" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" "Paypal is the easiest online payment method to configure. It is also the " "only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any " "starter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paypal是最容易配置、并且唯一没有订阅费的网上支付方式。我们强烈建议初学者使用Paypal。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:11 msgid "Set up your Paypal account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置你的Paypal账户" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:13 msgid "" "Create a `Paypal Business Account `__ or upgrade " "your account to *Business account* if you have a basic account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建一个Paypal业务账户，或将你的基本账户升级为*业务账户*。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:16 msgid "" "Log in to `Paypal `__ and open the settings of your " "**Profile**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "登录到`Paypal `，打开**档案**的设置。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:22 msgid "Now enter the menu **My selling tools**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入菜单中**我的销售工具**。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:27 msgid "Let's start with the **Website Preferences**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "先设置**网站偏好**。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -989,22 +1001,23 @@ msgid "" "/shop/confirmation. Verify that this address uses the " "correct protocol (HTTP/HTTPS)." msgstr "" +"打开**自动返回**，输入**返回URL**/shop/confirmation。用正确的协议(HTTP/HTTPS)验证这一地址。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 msgid "" "Turn on **Payment Data Transfer**. When saving, an **Identity Token** is " "generated. You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开**付款数据转移**。保存时，会生成一个**身份识别令牌**。稍后会要求你在Odoo中输入。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:43 msgid "" "Then, get back to your profile to activate the **Instant Payment " "Notification (IPN)** in *My selling tools*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后返回你的档案中，在**我的销售工具**中激活**付款后立即通知(IPN)**。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 msgid "Enter the **Notification URL**: /payment/paypal/ipn" -msgstr "" +msgstr "输入**通知URL**：/payment/paypal/ipn" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -1012,22 +1025,23 @@ msgid "" "to Paypal. To do so, get back to *My selling tools* and click **PayPal " "button language encoding** in *More Selling Tools* section." msgstr "" +"现在你必须更改Odoo至Paypal的支付请求的编码格式了。为此，请返回*我的销售工具*并在*更多销售工具*节中点击*PayPal*按钮进行语言编码。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:58 msgid "" "Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " "**UTF-8**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后点击*更多选项*，将两个默认的编码格式设为**UTF-8**。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:66 msgid "" "If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, " "**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你希望顾客在没有创建Paypal账户的情况下付款，需要打开**Paypal账户可选**。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74 msgid "Set up Paypal's payment method in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中设置Paypal付款方式" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -1035,98 +1049,100 @@ msgid "" " Settings --> Payment Acquirers+`. Enter both your **Email ID** and your " "**Merchant ID** and check **Use IPN**." msgstr "" +"在 " +":menuselection:`网站或销售或会计->设置->收款方，中选择打开Paypal设置，输入**电邮ID**及**商户ID**，再勾选**使用IPN**。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:82 msgid "" "They are both provided in your Paypal profile, under :menuselection:`My " "business info`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的Paypal账户同时具备两个参数，见:menuselection:`My business info`" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85 msgid "" "Enter your **Identity Token** in Odoo (from *Auto Return* option). To do so," " open the *Settings* and activate the **Developer Mode**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo（来自*自动返回*选项）中输入**身份令牌**，为此需在*设置*中激活**开发者模式**。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:91 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System" " Parameters` and create a parameter with following values:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后在 :menuselection:`设置->技术->参数->系统参数，中选择用以下值创建一个参数：" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:94 msgid "Key: payment_paypal.pdt_token" -msgstr "" +msgstr " Key: payment_paypal.pdt_token " #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Value: 你的Paypal *身份识别令牌*" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102 msgid "Go live" -msgstr "" +msgstr "激活" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103 msgid "" "Your configuration is now ready! You can make Paypal visible on your " "merchant interface and activate the **Production mode**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的配置现已就绪！可以在商户界面显示Paypal，然后激活**生产模式**。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112 msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "手续费" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:114 msgid "" "You can charge an extra to the customer to cover the transaction fees Paypal" " charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, your customer sees an extra applied" " to the order amount." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以向顾客额外收费以冲抵Paypal向你收取的手续费。转到Paypal后，你的顾客将看到订单要额外收取费用。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 msgid "" "To activate this, go to the *Configuration* tab of Paypal config form in " "Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*. Default fees for US can be seen here below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了激活此功能，需到Odoo Paypal配置表的*配置*页签下选择*添加额外收费*。以下是美国的默认收费。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:123 msgid "" "To apply the right fees for your country, please refer to `Paypal Fees " "`__." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你所在国家的手续费参见：" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128 msgid "Test the payment flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "测试付款流程" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130 msgid "" "You can test the entire payment flow thanks to Paypal Sandbox accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可通过Paypal沙盒账户测试整个付款流程。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 msgid "" "Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with your" " Paypal credentials. This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用你的Paypal证书登录Paypal开发者网站，创建两个沙盒账户：" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:136 msgid "" "A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " "pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "业务账户（作为商户，例如pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com)" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137 msgid "" "A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " "pp.merch01-buyer@example.com)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认的个人账户（作为购物者，如pp.merch01-buyer@example.com）" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:139 msgid "" "Log in to `Paypal Sandbox `__ with the " "merchant account and follow the same configuration instructions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用商户账号登录Paypal沙盒，然后按以下提示配置。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -1136,18 +1152,19 @@ msgid "" "invoice on acquirer confirmation*. Otherwise a confirmed invoice will be " "automatically generated when the transaction is completed." msgstr "" +"在Odoo中输入你的沙盒证书，确保Paypal仍然设置在*测试*模式。同时确保Paypal的确认模式不是*授权并获取数量，确认SO和自动验证收款方确认发票*，否则交易完成后，将会自动生成确认的发票。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:150 msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用沙盒个人账号从Odoo中运行一笔测试交易。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`payment`" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾客如何访问其顾客账户" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1157,6 +1174,7 @@ msgid "" "not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " "process before buying something." msgstr "" +"您的客户从未如此轻松地访问他们顾客的账户。忘掉那些数不清的注册表格吧，有了Odoo，注册步骤就像123一样轻松简单。以前会要求在订单生成后注册用户名、电邮和密码，但现在不同了。的确，买点东西还要填写一堆注册信息太麻烦了。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 msgid "Sign up" @@ -1166,33 +1184,33 @@ msgstr "注册" msgid "" "The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " "order from order confirmation email." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当顾客想要查看视觉化的配置邮件时，系统显示登录提醒。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾客账号" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 msgid "" "Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" " in the login dropdown menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾客登录后，可在下拉菜单中点击*我的账户*进行访问。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 msgid "" "THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " "modified." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾客可以查看所有的历史记录。也可以修改主账单地址。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 msgid "" "If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " "will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你将顾客设置为地址簿中的公司联系人，对方能看到属于该公司的所有文件。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何电汇付款" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1201,43 +1219,44 @@ msgid "" "own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " "Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" msgstr "" +"**电汇**是默认的可用付款方式，用于向顾客提供你的银行信息，以便让他们通过银行付款。这种方式简单易懂但效率缓慢，还是尽快采用网上支付方式吧！" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何向顾客提供付款指引" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 msgid "" "Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " "method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将付款指引置于付款方式的**感谢消息**中。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾客下单后即显示。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "收款后如何进行订单管理" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 msgid "" "Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " "intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " "paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾客电汇后，订单停留在中间状态**报价已发送**（即未付款的订单）。付款后，需要你手动确认订单，启动送货流程。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何创建其他的手动付款方法" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 msgid "" "If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " "payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " "or duplicate it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你管理一个B2B业务，可以创建其他需要人工处理的付款方式，如支票付款。只需要重新命名*电汇*或复制之。" #: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "收税" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index ac8f8876b..f4faa87ae 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Ryan Zhang , 2017\n" +"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA , 2017\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,47 +28,47 @@ msgstr "身份验证" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" -msgstr "如何允许用户通过他们的Google账号登录" +msgstr "如何允许用户用Google账号登录" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" "Connect to your Google account and go to " "`https://console.developers.google.com/ " "`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接到你的Google账户并点击" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击**创建项目**并输入项目名称和其他信息" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" -msgstr "点击使用 Google APIs" +msgstr "点击*使用Google API*" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在左侧菜单中选择子菜单**证书**（见**API管理器**），然后选择*OAuth同意窗口*。" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." -msgstr "" +msgstr "找到你的地址、电邮和产品名（如odoo）并保存。" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "再点击**添加证书**，然后选择第二个选项（OAuth 2.0 客户端ID）。" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "勾选在**Web应用**中设定的应用类型，然后配置要转入哪些页面。" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -76,20 +76,21 @@ msgid "" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " "Then click on **Create**" msgstr "" +"先要填写**授权的转向URL地址**。复制并粘贴以下链接http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin到方框中,然后点击**创建**。" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成后会收到两条信息（你的客户端ID和客户端密码）。将前者插入**通用设置**中。" #: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" -msgstr "" +msgstr "数据导入" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何采用导入模板" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -98,65 +99,67 @@ msgid "" "any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" +"导入工具中提供导入模板，适用于大多数数据（联系人、产品、银行对账单等）导入。可以用任何电子表格软件（如Microsoft Office, " +"OpenOffice, Google Drive等）" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何自定义文件" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "删除你不需要的行。建议不要删除*ID*1（原因如下）" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将ID排序下拉，为每个记录设置一个独一无二的ID。" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " "corresponding field using the search." -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加新一行时，如果这个行的标签与系统中任何字段均不匹配，Odoo可能不会自动将其映射。因此，请通过搜索查找对应的字段。" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 msgid "" "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " "work straight away the very next time you try to import." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后使用你在导入模板上找到的标签，下次尝试导入的时候即可马上使用。" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为什么要用ID行" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "" "The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " "free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " "Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**ID**（外部ID）是行项目独一无二的标识符。请使用之前的软件，平稳过度到Odoo。" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入数据时，ID号设置不是强制的，但会在很多情况下非常有用。" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "更新导入：在不创建副本的情况下多次导入同一个文件；" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入关系字段（见下文）" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何导入关系字段" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -165,6 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" +"Odoo对象总是与其他众多对象相关联（即产品与产品目录、产品属性、供应商等相关联）。为了导入这些关系，你需要首先从它们自己的列表菜单中导入相关对象的记录。" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -173,14 +177,16 @@ msgid "" "ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" +"可以使用关联的记录或ID号导入。当两个记录的名称相同时需要ID号进行区分，即在行标题的末尾添加。\" / ID\"。（如产品属性：产品属性/属性 / " +"ID）" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 msgid "How to import data into Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何将数据导入Odoo" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 msgid "How to start" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何开始" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -188,29 +194,30 @@ msgid "" " or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" " and even orders!" msgstr "" +"可使用Excel (.xlsx) 或CSV (.csv) 格式导入Odoo业务对象的任何数据：联系人、产品、银行对账单、日记账条目、甚至订单！" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开你想要移植的对象并点击**导入**。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 msgid "" "There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " "data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " "already done." -msgstr "" +msgstr "系统提供了模板，你可以轻松移植你自己的数据。只需点击一次即可导入这些模板。数据映射已经完成。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 msgid "How to adapt the template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何使用模板" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加、删除或分类各行，使它们以最好的方式适应你的数据结构。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "建议不要删除**ID** 1（原因见下节）" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -218,17 +225,17 @@ msgid "" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " "columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " "corresponding field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加新一行时，如果这个行的标签与系统中任何字段均不匹配，Odoo可能不会自动将其映射。因此，请通过搜索查找对应的字段。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后使用你在导入模板上找到的标签，下次尝试导入的时候即可马上使用。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 msgid "How to import from another application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何从其他应用程序中导入" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -239,17 +246,19 @@ msgid "" "unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" " be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." msgstr "" +"为了在不同的记录之间重新创建关系，需将初始应用中唯一的标识符映射到Odoo中的**ID**（外部ID）行。导入与第一个记录相链接的其他记录时，使用到这个唯一标识符的**XXX/ID**" +" (XXX/外部 ID)。也可以通过名称找到这个记录，但如果有至少2条同名的记录，可能会影响你的查找。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " "whenever possible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你需要稍后重新导入修改后的数据，也可用更新**ID**初始导入。这在任何时候都是一个不错的办法。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我找不到想要映射的行的区域" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -261,17 +270,18 @@ msgid "" "wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" " default." msgstr "" +"Odoo试图基于文件的前10行找到文件内部各行的区域类型。例如，有一个只包含数字的行，只有**整数**类型的区域才显示供你选择。尽管这种方式可能在多数情况下都很合适，但也有可能出错，或者你希望将这些行映射到默认没有规划的区域中。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " "complete list of fields for each column." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这时，你只需选择**显示关系区域的区域（高级）**选项，为每一行选择完整的区域列表。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在哪里修改数据导入格式？" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -282,6 +292,7 @@ msgid "" "inverted as example) as it is difficult to guess correctly which part is the" " day and which one is the month in a date like '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" +"Odoo可以自动判断一个行是否为日期，并尝试从一系列常用日期格式中判断正确的格式。这一进程可以支持多种日期格式，有一些国外的日期格式可能无法识别，它有可能无法判断（例如天数和月的位置），它难以判断哪一部分是日期，哪一部分是月份，如这样的格式：'01-03-2016'。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -290,6 +301,8 @@ msgid "" "selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" " the *ISO 8601* to define the format." msgstr "" +"要查看Odoo从你的文档中找到了哪些日期格式，可以在文档选择器下方的**选项**中点击**日期格式**。如果格式错误，你可以用*ISO " +"8601*修正格式。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -298,6 +311,8 @@ msgid "" " stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " "whatever your locale date format is." msgstr "" +"如你导入一个Excel(.xls, " +".xlsx)文件，可使用日期单元格存放日期（因为在Excel中日期的显示与存储方式不一致）。这样当你在Odoo中找到一个日期就可以确保它是正确的格式。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" @@ -312,55 +327,56 @@ msgid "" "known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " "crash." msgstr "" +"是的，我们完全支持用带圆括号的数字代表负数，以及带货币符号的数字。Odoo还可自动识别你使用的千分位分隔符、小数点（稍后可在**选项**中修改）。如Odoo不能识别你使用的货币符号，则该字段不会被识别为数字，可能导致出错。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支持的数字格式示例（如三万二千）：" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 msgid "32.000,00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "32.000,00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "32000,00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "32000,00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 msgid "32,000.00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "32,000.00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 msgid "-32000.00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-32000.00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 msgid "(32000.00)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(32000.00)" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 msgid "$ 32.000,00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$ 32.000,00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 msgid "(32000.00 €)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(32000.00 €)" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "Example that will not work:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "不合要求的例子：" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" -msgstr "" +msgstr " ABC 32.000,00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果我导入的预览表无法正确显示该怎么办？" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -369,19 +385,20 @@ msgid "" "settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" " CSV file bar after you select your file)." msgstr "" +"默认导入预览是用逗号作为字段分隔符，引号作为文本分隔符。如你的CSV文件没有这些设置，可以修改文件格式选项（你选择文件后，在浏览CSV文件块下显示）。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " "your spreadsheet application. See the following question." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请注意，如果你的CSV文件将表格作为分隔符，Odoo将不能判断这整种分隔关系。你需要在电子表格的格式选项中更改设置。见下面的问题。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "保存我的电子表格应用时，如何更改CSV文件格式选项？" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -391,16 +408,18 @@ msgid "" "modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit " "filter settings' > Save)." msgstr "" +"如果在电子表格应用中编辑和保存CSV文件，你电脑的地区设置会应用分隔符。我们建立你使用OpenOffice或LibreOfice " +"Calc，因此这些软件支持你修改全部三个选项（位于保存为会话框>勾选’编辑过滤器设置’>保存）。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " "'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Microsoft Excel仅在保存为会话框->点击工具下拉列表->编码时允许修改编码方式。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "数据库ID和外部ID的差别是什么？" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -411,12 +430,13 @@ msgid "" "mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " "import." msgstr "" +"有些字段用于定义与其他对象的关系。例如，联系人的国家与“国家”这个对象的记录相链接。当你导入这些字段时，Odoo会在不同的记录中重新创建链接。Odoo提供了三种机制供你导入这些字段。每次导入一个字段时只能使用一种机制。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，在引用一个联系人的国别时，Odoo提供了三种不同的字段供你导入：" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" @@ -426,17 +446,17 @@ msgstr "国家：国家的名称或代码" msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" -msgstr "" +msgstr "国家/数据库ID：某记录的唯一Odoo ID，由postgresql 行定义。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "国家/外部ID：其他应用（或导入的.XML文档）中引用的记录ID" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于比利时这个国家，你可以用以下三种方式中的任意一种导入：" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "Country: Belgium" @@ -444,24 +464,24 @@ msgstr "国家: 比利时" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" -msgstr "" +msgstr "国家/数据库ID：21" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" -msgstr "Country/External ID: base.be" +msgstr "国家/外部 ID: base.be" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " "according to your need:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据需要，你可以使用三种方式之一来引用关系中的记录。参照指引：" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用国家：如果手动创建了CSV文件，则这是最快捷的导入方式。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -470,12 +490,13 @@ msgid "" "may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " "Database ID)" msgstr "" +"使用国家/数据库ID：你应该极少使用这一标识，主要是开发人员在使用。它的主要优势在于绝无冲突（你可能有多个重名的记录，但每个记录都有自己唯一的数据库ID）。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用国家/外部ID：从第三方应用中导入数据时，需要使用外部ID。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -485,18 +506,19 @@ msgid "" "\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " "Products and their Categories." msgstr "" +"使用外部ID时，可利用带\\”外部ID\\”的行导入CSV文件，定义你导入的每条记录的外部ID号，然后引用类似\"字段/外部ID\\”的记录。以下两个CSV文件是产品及目录的例子。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 msgid "" "`CSV file for categories " "<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "目录的CSV文档" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "" "`CSV file for Products " "<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品的CSV文档" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" @@ -512,19 +534,22 @@ msgid "" "Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." msgstr "" +"例如，你有两个带子名称的产品目录，\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " +"Products/Sellable\"),你的确认被暂停了，但你仍然可以导入数据。不过我们建议你不要导入这些数据，因为它们可能都与产品目录列表 " +"(\"Misc. Products/Sellable\")中的第一个“可销售”目录相链接。我们建议你修改一个副本值或产品目录的层级。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " "'Category'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "不过，如果你不想更改产品目录的配置，我们建议你在“目录”字段使用外部ID。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何导入多对多的关系字段（如一个顾客有多个tag）" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -533,18 +558,19 @@ msgid "" "'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" " of your CSV file." msgstr "" +"这些tag可以用逗号分隔（中间无空格）。例如，如你想把顾客同时与“制造商”和“零售商”tag相链接，可以在CSV文件的同一行中编码\"Manufacturer,Retailer\"。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 msgid "" "`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " "<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "制造商和零售商的CSV文档" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何导入一对多的关系（例如多个订单行对应一个销售订单）？" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -556,40 +582,41 @@ msgid "" "purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations " "you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" +"如你希望导入有多个订单行的销售订单，则每个订单行都需要在CSV文件中保留一个特定的列。第一个订单行可被导入到与订单信息相关的同一列中。每添加一行，都需要向与订单相关的空信息字段中增加相应的行。例如可以基于demo数据导入一些引用的purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV文件。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 msgid "" "`File for some Quotations " "<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一些引用的文件" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下CSV文档显示如何用各自的采购订单行导入订单：" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 msgid "" "`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " "<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "带不同采购行的采购订单" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下CSV文件显示如何导入顾客及其联系人：" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 msgid "" "`Customers and their respective contacts " "<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾客和其各自的联系人" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" -msgstr "我可以导入多次相同的记录？" +msgstr "我可以导入多次相同的记录吗？" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -600,16 +627,18 @@ msgid "" "two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " "depending if it's new or not." msgstr "" +"如你导入了一个包含\"外部 ID\"或\"数据库 " +"ID\\行的文件，已经导入的记录就会被修改而不是新创建记录。这是非常有用的，因为它允许你在两次导入之间多次导入同一个CSV文件。Odoo还支持对任一记录的创建或修改（视新旧而定）。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此功能允许你使用Odoo的导入/导出工具修改批记录，非常适合电子表格应用。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果没有为特别字段赋值会有什么后果？" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 msgid "" @@ -618,10 +647,11 @@ msgid "" "in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " "assigning the default value." msgstr "" +"如果没有在CSV文件中设定全部字段，Odoo会向未定义的字段分配默认值。但是如果你在CSV文件中设置了空值，Odoo会在该字段设置EMPTY值，不再分配默认的值。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何从一个SQL应用中向Odoo导出/导入不同的表单？" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -630,6 +660,7 @@ msgid "" " companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " "person and the company they work for)." msgstr "" +"如要从不同的表单中导入数据，应在各个记录间重新创建属于不同表单的关系（即：如你导入公司和人员数据，需要在每个人及其服务的公司间重新创建链接。）" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 msgid "" @@ -640,6 +671,8 @@ msgid "" "this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" +"可以使用Odoo的\"外部ID\"功能管理不同表单之间的关系。\"外部ID\"是其他应用中该记录的唯一标识符。这一\"外部ID\"对全部对象的任一记录都必须是独一无二的，因此非常适合用这一应用或表单的名称为\"外部ID\"打前缀。（如'company_1'," +" 'person_1'，而不是'1'）。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -650,26 +683,27 @@ msgid "" "href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a " "PostgreSQL database)" msgstr "" +"例如，假设你有一个带两个表单的SQL数据库需要导入公司和个人，而每个人都属于一个公司，因此你需要在个人和其服务的公司之间重新创建链接。测试方法如下" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先会导出全部公司及其\"外部 ID\"。在PSQL环境中写入以下命令：" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SQL命令将创建以下CSV文档：" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在PSQL环境中使用以下SQL命令为个人创建CSV文档并链接到对应的公司：" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将产生以下CSV文档：：" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 msgid "" @@ -680,6 +714,8 @@ msgid "" "avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" " who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." msgstr "" +"你可以看到Fabien和Laurece都是Bigees公司（company_1）的员工，Eric为Organi公司服务。个人和公司间的关系用公司的外部ID表示。我们只能用表单名称做为\"外部" +" ID\"的前缀，而避免个人ID和公司ID的冲突（person_1 和 company_1在原始数据库中共用ID 1。）" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 msgid "" @@ -688,6 +724,7 @@ msgid "" "contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " "company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." msgstr "" +"两个未经修改的文件已经就绪并导入Odoo。导入这两个CSV文件后，有4个联系人、3个公司（前两个联系人服务于同一公司）。你必须首先导入公司，然后导入人员。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "BASICS" @@ -701,11 +738,11 @@ msgstr "如何添加用户账号" msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " "point." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo支持你随时选择添加额外的用户。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加个人用户" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -714,19 +751,21 @@ msgid "" "professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -" " and a picture." msgstr "" +"从设置模块中选择子菜单：menuselection: " +"用户->用户，点击**重新创建**。首先将新用户的名称添加到专业邮箱地址，即用户用于登录到Odoo实例和图片中的地址。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 msgid "" "Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " "and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在访问权限下选择为你的用户选择可以访问的应用。因App的关系会提供不同的权限。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 msgid "" "When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " "invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" " on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成页面编辑并点击**保存**后，会自动向用户发送邀请邮件。用户必须点击接受邀请后创建一个登录。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -734,6 +773,7 @@ msgid "" "Refer to our `*Pricing page* `__ for more " "information." msgstr "" +"请记住：每多出一个新用户都会增加你的订阅费用。详情请参阅：`*Pricing page* `" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -743,16 +783,18 @@ msgid "" " to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights " "under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." msgstr "" +"也可在系统运行时从仪表板添加新用户。在上面的截屏中输入你想添加的用户邮箱地址，点击**邀请**。用户将收到一封含有密码设置链接的邀请邮件。接着可以进入" +" :menuselection:`设置->用户菜单，然后定义其访问权限。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 msgid "" "`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" "users>`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "禁止用户<../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-users>`" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46 msgid ":doc:`../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team`" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" @@ -762,60 +804,60 @@ msgstr "使用简体中文语言管理操作Odoo" msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo可提供多种语言的管理选项，每个用户都可以设置自己的语言。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" -msgstr "加载你想要的语言" +msgstr "加载你需要的语言" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "" "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " "instance." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先在Odoo实例中加载你想要的语言。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 msgid "" "From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" " the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " "select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在通用仪表板中点击**设置**，在页面左上方选择 :menuselection:`翻译->加载翻译，选择一种语言并点击**加载**安装。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 msgid "" "If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" " to change the navigation language on your website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你勾选了“翻译网址”，就可以在网站上更改导航了。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 msgid "Change your language" -msgstr "更换你的语言" +msgstr "更改语言" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 msgid "" "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" "down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在屏幕右上方的下拉菜单中更改已安装的语言，选择**偏好**。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后保存语言设置到你已经安装的语言中，并点击**保存**。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开一个新菜单查看这些更改。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 msgid "Change another user's language" -msgstr "更换其他用户的语言" +msgstr "更改另一个用户的语言" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " "language." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo还有可能允许每个用户选择语言偏好。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -826,7 +868,9 @@ msgid "" " change the Language to any previously installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" +"要为不同的用户更改语言，请在“设置”应用中选择 :menuselection:`用户-> " +"用户，查看要更改语言的用户列表，选择用户并点击左上角的**编辑**。可在用户偏好中更改之前已安装的语言，然后点击**保存**。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index fa8f3cf8a..f3421e160 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA , 2017\n" +"Last-Translator: Connie Xiao , 2017\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -142,13 +142,13 @@ msgid "" "Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (Free with your first Success " "Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional " "`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "观看在线学习平台的视频（第一个Success包是免费的）：" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 msgid "" "Watch the webinars on our `Youtube channel " "`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在我们的Youtube频道观看在线会议" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -165,14 +165,14 @@ msgid "" "We are used to deploying fully featured projects within 25 to 250 hours of " "services, which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the market. Most" " projects are completed between 1 to 9 calendar months." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们习惯于在25-250小时的服务时间内部署全功能项目，这比市面上ERP供应商要快得多。多数项目都能在1-9个日历月左右结束。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:95 msgid "" "But what really **differentiates between a successful implementation and a " "slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, when our customer is " "engaged and proactive the implementation is smooth." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一次高效的实施与一次迟缓的实施之间的真正**差别在于顾客！** 根据我们的经验，当顾客积极投入，实施工作就会顺利许多。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:100 msgid "Your internal implementation manager" @@ -184,14 +184,14 @@ msgid "" "work with our project manager on your Odoo Implementation. This is to ensure" " efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. Additionally, this " "person must:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们要求您在公司内部保持一个单点联系人作为Odoo实施项目的经理。这是为了确保效率及你公司的单一知识库。此外，这人必须：" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:107 msgid "" "**be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you " "risk slowing down your implementation. More is better with the fastest " "implementations having a full time project manager." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**能够为项目至少每周投入完整的两天时间**，否则就有实施不利的风险。如有全职的项目经理则可以加速实施进度。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -201,30 +201,31 @@ msgid "" "back and forth between several internal decision makers within your company " "it could potentially seriously slow everything down." msgstr "" +"**有权决定**。Odoo通常改善一个公司内部的所有部门，这需要快速响应和回复，但如果公司内部的各个决策者之间没有大量的互动，则会潜在影响决策的效率。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:117 msgid "" "**have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with full " "support from all departments and top management, or be part of top " "management." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**具有领导力**，全面支持所有部门及高级管理者，培训及执行内部的各种政策，或成为高级管理的一个部分。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121 msgid "Integrate 90% of your business, not 100%" -msgstr "" +msgstr "能整合您的业务的90%，而非全部" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:123 msgid "" "You probably chose Odoo because no other software allows for such a high " "level of automation, feature coverage, and integration. But **don't be an " "extremist.**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你选择Odoo的原因可能是别的软件都没有如此高的自动化水平、功能的全面性，以及集成能力。但**别太极端**。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:127 msgid "" "Customizations cost you time, money, are more complex to maintain, add risks" " to the implementation, and can cause issues with upgrades." -msgstr "" +msgstr "定制比较费时、费钱、费力，更难于维护，增加了实施的风险，还有升级的问题。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -232,7 +233,7 @@ msgid "" "requirements. Be flexible on the remaining 10%, otherwise that 10% will cost" " you twice the original project price. One always underestimates the hidden " "costs of customization." -msgstr "" +msgstr "标准Odoo大约能覆盖90%的业务流程及业务需求。对剩下的10%灵活一些吧，否则会花去原项目两倍的成本。人们总是低估了定制化的隐藏成本。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -240,7 +241,7 @@ msgid "" "designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old " "system(s) works." msgstr "" -"* *用 Odoo的方式操作,不是你的。* * 按Odoo设计的方式使用会更灵活。学习它是如何工作的,不要试图复制你的旧系统(s)的工作方式。" +"* *用Odoo的方式操作,不是你的。* * 按Odoo设计的方式使用会更灵活。学习它是如何工作的,不要试图复制你的旧系统(s)的工作方式。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -262,6 +263,7 @@ msgid "" "other decreases in time for other processes. If the net time spent is " "decreased with your move to Odoo than you are already ahead." msgstr "" +"我们对项目经理进行过培训，他们能帮助用户做出决策，衡量相关交易，但如果您配合会更容易达成目标。有些进程比你以往的系统更花时间，但你仍需权衡、对比由此增加的时间与其他进程缩短的时间。如果使用Odoo后花费的净时间减少则是有进步的。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:155 msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo" @@ -272,7 +274,7 @@ msgid "" "Start your free trial and play with the system. The more comfortable you are" " with navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and" " easier your training phases will be." -msgstr "" +msgstr "开始免费试用系统吧！Odoo的试用之旅越舒适，您越能够做出更好、更快的决定，您的培训过程也更轻松。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -315,7 +317,7 @@ msgid "" "install the Notes application." msgstr "" "想要一个简单的方法开始使用Odoo吗? 安装Odoo笔记来管理你的实施事项: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes " -"`__. 在Odoo主页, 去应用程序, 安装Notes应用程序。" +"`__.在Odoo主页, 去应用程序, 安装Notes应用程序。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 msgid "This module allows you to:" @@ -406,7 +408,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Our support can be contacted through our `online support form " "`__." -msgstr "在线支持形式 `__." +msgstr "在线支持形式`__." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235 msgid "" @@ -425,7 +427,7 @@ msgid "" "button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database " "is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features." msgstr "" -"每隔两个月,Odoo发布一个新版本。一个升级按钮, 显示为* *管理数据库 * *。 可自行决定是否需要升级数据库, 但升级可以得到新版本的功能更新。" +"每隔两个月,Odoo发布一个新版本。一个升级按钮, 显示为* *管理数据库 * *。可自行决定是否需要升级数据库, 但升级可以得到新版本的功能更新。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247 msgid "" @@ -498,20 +500,20 @@ msgstr "* *数据导入* *:我们可以做, 或是由项目经理提供模板指 msgid "" "If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from following extra " "services:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你已经订阅了**Studio**，你将获得以下的额外服务：" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:286 msgid "" "**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to " "customize most screens in any way you see fit." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**定制屏幕：**Studio用拖放方式定制你认为适合的大多数屏幕。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:289 msgid "" "**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio itself will not allow you to " "customize the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to " "developers for advanced customizations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**定制报告（PDF格式）：**Studio本身不允许你自行定制报告，但我们的项目经理能通过开发者的高级定制功能实现。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293 msgid "" @@ -526,20 +528,20 @@ msgid "" "**Workflow automations:** e.g. setting values in fields based on triggers, " "sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced " "automations, our project managers have access to Odoo developers." -msgstr " * *工作流程自动化:* * 例如 设置字段值、自动发送邮件提醒,自动化操作,等等。 对于更高级点的自动化, 可以联系开发。" +msgstr " * *工作流程自动化:* * 例如设置字段值、自动发送邮件提醒,自动化操作,等等。对于更高级点的自动化, 可以联系开发。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:303 msgid "" "If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. " "Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded " "at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost." -msgstr "" +msgstr "任何定制都需要Odoo Studio应用程序。通过这一程序的任何定制都会在Odoo每次升级时保留，且没有额外收费。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:307 msgid "" "All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will" " be deducted from your Success Pack." -msgstr "" +msgstr "所有用我们的“业务分析师”进行定制的时间都会从Success包中扣除。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310 msgid "" @@ -548,14 +550,14 @@ msgid "" "cover maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours " "spent by the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be " "added to the subscription fee." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需开发者协助定制，将向顾客的订阅中收取一定的费用，用于支付维护和升级服务。费用可以按小时计算：4欧元或5美元/月每小时，算入订阅费。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:316 msgid "" "**Example:** a customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 " "hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * " "$5 = $10/month as recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**举例**：2小时的定制开发将收费：将2小时从定制化开发的Success包中扣除，2*5=10美元/月作为此次定制的经常性维护费用。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321 msgid "Implementation Methodology" @@ -661,7 +663,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here " "`." -msgstr "关于如何管理你的数据库, 你可以找到更多的信息 :ref:`here `." +msgstr "关于如何管理你的数据库, 你可以找到更多的信息 :ref:`here`." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:394 msgid "Customer Success" @@ -688,7 +690,7 @@ msgid "" "way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..." msgstr "" "一旦系统上线, 你与Odoo项目经理的互动将减少。在那个时候,我们的成功客户团队将与你联系。他们是专业的团队, " -"与我们的客户保持长期联系。他们将向你展示新版本,提高你的工作方式 或是 评估你的新需求,等等……" +"与我们的客户保持长期联系。他们将向你展示新版本,提高你的工作方式或是评估你的新需求,等等……" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:409 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 3d74530c6..29a120f88 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 15:59+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: 苏州远鼎 , 2017\n" +"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA , 2017\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -423,11 +423,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Print this document to be able to use your barcode scanner to perform more " "actions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打印这个文件，以后方可用条码扫描器执行更多操作，" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:19 msgid ":ref:`Document:` |download_barcode|" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Document:` |download_barcode|" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:23 msgid "Set products barcodes" @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ msgid "" " be accessed via the planner." msgstr "" "为了能够完成一个调拨或者完成一次盘点, 你需要确保Odoo中产品的编码和产品条码保持一致。如果还没有完成这些, " -"你可以通过一个手持设备在产品中输入条码。进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 并点击 **配置产品条码** " +"你可以通过一个手持设备在产品中输入条码。进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` 并点击 **配置产品条码** " "按钮。该接口也可以通过系统的向导进入。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:37 @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ msgid "" "Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " "not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " "them)." -msgstr "产品变型: 注意，需要在产品变型添加条码， 而不是模板产品(否则就不能区分它们)。" +msgstr "产品变型: 注意，需要在产品变型添加条码，而不是模板产品(否则就不能区分它们)。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 msgid "Set locations barcodes" @@ -467,8 +467,8 @@ msgid "" "barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " "paper." msgstr "" -"如果你要管理多库位, 你会发现给每个库位赋予一个条码并贴在库位上。你可以在在如下配置库位条码 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 -->" -" 仓库管理 --> 库位` 。在 **打印** 菜单有一个按钮, 你可以用它打印库位名称和条码。每页有4个方便打印在贴纸上的排列的条码。" +"如果你要管理多库位, 你会发现给每个库位赋予一个条码并贴在库位上。你可以在在如下配置库位条码 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 --> " +"仓库管理 -->库位` 。在 **打印** 菜单有一个按钮, 你可以用它打印库位名称和条码。每页有4个方便打印在贴纸上的排列的条码。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ msgid "" "Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " "product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." msgstr "" -"在库存模块下, 打开 :menuselection:`存货控制(Inventory Control) --> 产品(Products)` , 然后点击 " +"在库存模块下, 打开 :menuselection:`存货控制(Inventory Control) -->产品(Products)` , 然后点击 " "**创建** 创建新的产品。把产品类型定义为 **库存产品** , 不要定义为消耗品。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ msgid "" "Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." msgstr "" "创建所有你想要追踪产品库存的产品(作为库存类型的产品)。一旦产品在库存中产生需求, 用期初盘点在系统中按照库位放置当前的数量。进入 " -":menuselection:`库存控制 --> 库存调整` 开始期初盘点。" +":menuselection:`库存控制 -->库存调整` 开始期初盘点。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -649,8 +649,8 @@ msgid "" "To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " "Products`, and click on the **list button**:" msgstr "" -"检查当前的库存, 进入 :menuselection:`库存控制(Inventory Control) --> 产品(Products)` , 并且点击" -" **列表按钮**: " +"检查当前的库存, 进入 :menuselection:`库存控制(Inventory Control) -->产品(Products)` , 并且点击 " +"**列表按钮**: " #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" @@ -745,8 +745,8 @@ msgid "" "drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " "values for a given product." msgstr "" -"最小库存规则的配置是在菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 存货控制(Inventory Control) -->" -" 再定点规则(Reordering Rule)` 的下拉菜单中。然后点击 **创建** 去设置给定产品最小和最大库存数值。" +"最小库存规则的配置是在菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->存货控制(Inventory Control) --> " +"再定点规则(Reordering Rule)` 的下拉菜单中。然后点击 **创建** 去设置给定产品最小和最大库存数值。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "Active" @@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ msgstr "数量倍数" msgid "" "The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple. If it is 0, " "the exact quantity will be used." -msgstr "补货数量会翻转到此倍数。 如果它是0, 那么确切的数量会被使用。" +msgstr "补货数量会翻转到此倍数。如果它是0, 那么确切的数量会被使用。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "Lead Time" @@ -837,8 +837,7 @@ msgid "" "The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " "your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " "(or any other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" -"按订单生产可以在产品表单配置 :menuselection:`库存模块 --> 存货控制 --> 产品` (或者其它模块下有的产品路径下)。" +msgstr "按订单生产可以在产品表单配置 :menuselection:`库存模块 -->存货控制 -->产品` (或者其它模块下有的产品路径下)。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." @@ -1073,7 +1072,7 @@ msgid "" " box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " "on **Apply**." msgstr "" -"打开菜单 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 。进入 **库位＆仓库** , 找到 **直运** 选项并勾选 " +"打开菜单 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` 。进入 **库位＆仓库** , 找到 **直运** 选项并勾选 " "**允许供应商直接发货给客户** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 @@ -1082,15 +1081,15 @@ msgid "" "Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " "order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -"然后进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置` 。找到 **订单路线** 并选择 " -"**在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)** 。点击 **应用** 。" +"然后进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 -->配置 -->设置` 。找到 **订单路线** 并选择 **在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)**" +" 。点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 msgid "" "Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " "supplier to the products you want to dropship." msgstr "" -"现在, 打开菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 销售(Sales) --> 产品(Products)` " +"现在, 打开菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->销售(Sales) -->产品(Products)` " "。给需要直运的产品添加供应商。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 @@ -1110,7 +1109,7 @@ msgid "" "procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " "will see that one shipment has been created." msgstr "" -"打开 :menuselection:`采购(Purchases) --> 采购(Purchases) --> 采购询价单(Requests for " +"打开 :menuselection:`采购(Purchases) -->采购(Purchases) -->采购询价单(Requests for " "Quotation)` 。使用直运路线的补货自动创建采购询价单。一旦订单确认, 你可以看到一个收货送货单已经创建。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 @@ -1292,7 +1291,7 @@ msgid "" "and edit the concerned warehouse." msgstr "" "然而, 如果 **高级路径** 被激活并且在你仓库被设置另外一个交货配置, 你可以在交货配置中把它设置回到一步交货, 进入 " -":menuselection:`配置 --> 仓库` 并编辑相关的仓库。" +":menuselection:`配置 -->仓库` 并编辑相关的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1381,7 +1380,7 @@ msgstr "在 **库存** 模块, 进入 **配置** 然后点击 **设置** 。" msgid "" "In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " "on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "在 :menuselection:`追踪 --> 包裹` 中, 标记 **在打包时记录使用的包裹 :栈板, 箱子, ……** " +msgstr "在 :menuselection:`追踪 -->包裹` 中, 标记 **在打包时记录使用的包裹 :栈板, 箱子, ……** " #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 msgid "*Sale process*" @@ -1452,7 +1451,7 @@ msgid "" "Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " "scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " "manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置**备货时间**是计算日程的第一个关键步骤。备货时间是向不同伙伴和/或客户承诺的交货期、制造期等方面的延迟。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" @@ -1557,7 +1556,7 @@ msgid "" "To set ut your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " "settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." msgstr "" -"设置安全天数, 进入 :menuselection:`设置(Settings) --> 通用设置(General settings)` 然后点击 " +"设置安全天数, 进入 :menuselection:`设置(Settings) -->通用设置(General settings)` 然后点击 " "**配置公司数据** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 @@ -1747,8 +1746,7 @@ msgid "" "button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " "option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." msgstr "" -"在 :menuselection:`库位 & 仓库 --> 路线` 中, 勾选激活 **产品的高级路径规则** 。并确保 **仓库多位置管理** " -"也被激活。" +"在 :menuselection:`库位&仓库 -->路线` 中, 勾选激活 **产品的高级路径规则** 。并确保 **仓库多位置管理** 也被激活。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" @@ -1758,7 +1756,7 @@ msgstr "配置仓库为拣货＋包装＋发货" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " "that will be used." -msgstr "进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 仓库(Warehouses)` 编辑要使用的仓库。" +msgstr "进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->仓库(Warehouses)` 编辑要使用的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -1927,7 +1925,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo通过 **路线** 配置交货单的移动。路线提供了不同 msgid "" "To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`." -msgstr "要允许路线管理, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 。" +msgstr "要允许路线管理, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->设置(Settings)` 。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -2162,7 +2160,7 @@ msgid "" "To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"要管理路径, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> " +"要管理路径, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) --> " "设置(Settings)` 。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 @@ -2186,8 +2184,8 @@ msgid "" "Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " "and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." msgstr "" -"进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> 仓库(Warehouse)`" -" 然后选择需要变更收货方式的仓库。" +"进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) -->仓库(Warehouse)` " +"然后选择需要变更收货方式的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -2316,7 +2314,7 @@ msgid "" "To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings`" msgstr "" -"要进行路径管理, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> " +"要进行路径管理, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) --> " "设置(Settings)` " #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 @@ -2335,7 +2333,7 @@ msgid "" "Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " "methods." msgstr "" -"进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> 仓库(Warehouse)` " +"进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) -->仓库(Warehouse)` " "并选择你想变更收货方式的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 @@ -2551,8 +2549,8 @@ msgid "" " application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " "**Track lots or serial numbers**" msgstr "" -"在设置中需要激活批次追踪, 在 **库存** 模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 选择 **跟踪批次或序列号码**" -" 。" +"在设置中需要激活批次追踪, 在 **库存** 模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` , 选择 **跟踪批次或序列号码** " +"。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -2598,8 +2596,8 @@ msgid "" "product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " "select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." msgstr "" -"进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存控制(Inventory Control) --> 产品(Products)` , " -"并点开所选择的产品。点击 **编辑** , 并在 **库存** 页面勾选 **批次追踪** , 然后点击 **保存** 。" +"进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存控制(Inventory Control) -->产品(Products)` , 并点开所选择的产品。点击" +" **编辑** , 并在 **库存** 页面勾选 **批次追踪** , 然后点击 **保存** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 msgid "Manage lots" @@ -2685,8 +2683,8 @@ msgid "" "You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" msgstr "" -"你可以查看批次追踪, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 存货控制(Inventory Control) " -"--> 序列号(Serial Numbers)／批次号(Lots)` " +"你可以查看批次追踪, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->存货控制(Inventory Control) " +"-->序列号(Serial Numbers)／批次号(Lots)` " #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 @@ -2720,8 +2718,8 @@ msgid "" "**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." msgstr "" -"你需要在设置中激活序列号追踪。在 **库存** 模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 选择 " -"**跟踪批次或序列号码** 。" +"你需要在设置中激活序列号追踪。在 **库存** 模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` , 选择 **跟踪批次或序列号码**" +" 。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -2729,8 +2727,8 @@ msgid "" "product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " "select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." msgstr "" -"进入 :menuselection:`库存控制 --> 产品` , 打开所选产品, 点击 **编辑** 并在 **库存** 页面选择 **根据序列号**" -" , 然后点击 **保存** 。" +"进入 :menuselection:`库存控制 -->产品` , 打开所选产品, 点击 **编辑** 并在 **库存** 页面选择 **根据序列号** " +", 然后点击 **保存** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" @@ -2811,7 +2809,7 @@ msgid "" "To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " ":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " "serial number corresponding to your search." -msgstr "要追踪一个产品, 打开 **库存** 模块, 在 :menuselection:`库存控制--> 序列号／批次号` , 点击相关的序列号。" +msgstr "要追踪一个产品, 打开 **库存** 模块, 在 :menuselection:`库存控制-->序列号／批次号` , 点击相关的序列号。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" @@ -2849,7 +2847,7 @@ msgid "" " in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " "(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -"代开菜单 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` , 在 **产品所有者** 部分选择 **管理代销产品(高级)** , " +"代开菜单 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` , 在 **产品所有者** 部分选择 **管理代销产品(高级)** , " "然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 @@ -2931,7 +2929,7 @@ msgid "" "company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," " deliveries and supplier purchases." msgstr "" -"你还可以手工的开启排程器。进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存 --> 排程器 --> 运行排程器` 。排程器会使用产品上, 供应商, " +"你还可以手工的开启排程器。进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存 -->排程器 -->运行排程器` 。排程器会使用产品上, 供应商, " "以及公司上定义的所有相关参数来决定不同生产订单, 交货单以及供应商采购订单之间的优先级。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 @@ -2954,7 +2952,7 @@ msgid "" "Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " "configuration." msgstr "" -"你可以以下菜单通过更改相关的动作设置开始时间 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 自动 --> 排程器动作` " +"你可以以下菜单通过更改相关的动作设置开始时间 :menuselection:`设置 -->技术 -->自动 -->排程器动作` " "。更改运行MRP排程器的配置。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 @@ -3006,7 +3004,7 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Setting` and check **Manage several locations per " "warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -"要创建额外的报废库位, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> " +"要创建额外的报废库位, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) --> " "设置(Settings)` 然后勾选 **仓库进行多库位管理** 并点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 @@ -3016,7 +3014,7 @@ msgid "" " --> Locations.`" msgstr "" "选择应用了 **仓库进行多库位管理** 之后, 你参照以下创建新的报废库位, 进入菜单 " -":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 仓库管理(Warehouse Management) --> " +":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->仓库管理(Warehouse Management) --> " "库位(Locations)` 。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 @@ -3042,7 +3040,7 @@ msgid "" "To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Dashboard --> Receipts`." msgstr "" -"要在收货过程中包报废产品, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 仪表盘(Dashboard) --> " +"要在收货过程中包报废产品, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->仪表盘(Dashboard) --> " "收货(Receipts)` 。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 @@ -3060,7 +3058,7 @@ msgid "" "To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" msgstr "" -"要在发货过承报废产品, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 仪表盘(Dashboard) --> " +"要在发货过承报废产品, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->仪表盘(Dashboard) --> " "发货单(Delivery Orders)` " #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 @@ -3078,7 +3076,7 @@ msgid "" "To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Dashboard --> Receipts`" msgstr "" -"要在内部调拨单上报废产品, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 仪表盘(Dashboard) --> " +"要在内部调拨单上报废产品, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->仪表盘(Dashboard) --> " "收货(Receipts)` " #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 @@ -3101,7 +3099,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`" msgstr "" "要按照向导变更报废库位, 你需要在如下地方的设置中选择 **仓库惊醒多库位管理** , 进入菜单项 " -":menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Setting)` " +":menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) -->设置(Setting)` " #: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Valuation Methods" @@ -3531,7 +3529,7 @@ msgid "" " quantity in stock * cost price)." msgstr "" "不管使用何种方式, Odoo都会提供在下列地方提供所有的库存计价, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> " -"报表(Reports) --> 存货计价(Inventory Valuation)` (即. 当前库存数量 * 成本价格)。" +"报表(Reports) -->存货计价(Inventory Valuation)` (即. 当前库存数量 * 成本价格)。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237 @@ -4092,7 +4090,7 @@ msgstr "消耗 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" -msgstr "2个车轮 :库存 → 生产" +msgstr "2个车轮 :库存→生产" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" @@ -4104,7 +4102,7 @@ msgstr "生产 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27 msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" -msgstr "1辆自行车 :生产 → 库存" +msgstr "1辆自行车 :生产→库存" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" @@ -4144,7 +4142,7 @@ msgstr "分拣" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40 msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" -msgstr "1辆自行车 :库存 → 打包区域" +msgstr "1辆自行车 :库存→打包区域" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 msgid "Pack" @@ -4349,7 +4347,7 @@ msgstr "仓库" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194 msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" -msgstr "仓库路线示例 :拣货→ 包装→ 发货" +msgstr "仓库路线示例 :拣货→包装→发货" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 msgid "Picking List:" @@ -4357,7 +4355,7 @@ msgstr "分拣清单 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197 msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" -msgstr "拣货区域→ 打包区域" +msgstr "拣货区域→打包区域" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 msgid "Pack List:" @@ -4365,7 +4363,7 @@ msgstr "包装清单 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" -msgstr "打包区域→ 门A" +msgstr "打包区域→门A" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 msgid "Delivery Order:" @@ -4373,7 +4371,7 @@ msgstr "交货单 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 msgid "Gate A → Customer" -msgstr "门A→ 客户" +msgstr "门A→客户" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 msgid "" @@ -4397,7 +4395,7 @@ msgstr "收货 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218 msgid "Supplier → Input" -msgstr "供应商 → 收货" +msgstr "供应商→收货" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 msgid "Confirmation:" @@ -4405,7 +4403,7 @@ msgstr "确认 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 msgid "Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "收货→ 质量控制" +msgstr "收货→质量控制" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 msgid "Storage:" @@ -4413,7 +4411,7 @@ msgstr "库存 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 msgid "Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "质量控制 → 库存" +msgstr "质量控制→库存" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 msgid "Product Category" @@ -4429,7 +4427,7 @@ msgstr "越库 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 msgid "Input → Output" -msgstr "收货 →发货" +msgstr "收货→发货" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 msgid "Delivery:" @@ -4437,7 +4435,7 @@ msgstr "发货 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 msgid "Output → Customer" -msgstr "发货→ 客户" +msgstr "发货→客户" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 msgid "Sale Order Line" @@ -4453,7 +4451,7 @@ msgstr "订单 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 msgid "Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "供应商 → 客户" +msgstr "供应商→客户" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230 msgid "Push Rules" @@ -4477,7 +4475,7 @@ msgstr "产品在收货区卸货" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "推式规则1 :收货→ 质量控制" +msgstr "推式规则1 :收货→质量控制" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" @@ -4493,7 +4491,7 @@ msgstr "产品在中转区卸货" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "推式 :中转区 → 仓库 2" +msgstr "推式 :中转区→仓库 2" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247 msgid "Procurement Groups" @@ -4968,7 +4966,7 @@ msgid "" "**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." msgstr "" "更多 : **条码扫描** , **序列号** , **批次** , **越库** , **直运** , 与 **第三方** 货代集成 , **上架**" -" 以及 **下架** 策略…… 所有这些都可以在Odoo实现。" +" 以及 **下架** 策略……所有这些都可以在Odoo实现。" #: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" @@ -4997,7 +4995,7 @@ msgstr "实施向导帮你经历以下步骤 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 msgid "Set up your warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置你的仓库" #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 msgid "Import your vendors" @@ -5009,7 +5007,7 @@ msgstr "导入产品" #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 msgid "Set up the initial inventory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置初始库存" #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" @@ -5017,7 +5015,7 @@ msgstr "配置销售和采购流程" #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置补给机制" #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -5075,14 +5073,14 @@ msgid "" " --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" " products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -"在 **库存** 模块下, 打开 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置 --> 库位 & 仓库` , 然后在 **路线** 中选择 " +"在 **库存** 模块下, 打开 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置 -->库位&仓库` , 然后在 **路线** 中选择 " "**产品使用高级路线** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 msgid "" "Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," " then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." -msgstr "打开 :menuselection:`配置 --> 仓库管理 --> 仓库` , 然后打开想要进行越库的仓库并点击 **编辑** 。" +msgstr "打开 :menuselection:`配置 -->仓库管理 -->仓库` , 然后打开想要进行越库的仓库并点击 **编辑** 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" @@ -5107,7 +5105,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." msgstr "" "本步骤生成了一个越库路线, 你可以在以下地方看到 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> " -"配置(Configurations) --> 路径(Routes) --> 路径(Routes)` 。" +"配置(Configurations) -->路径(Routes) -->路径(Routes)` 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 msgid "Cross Docking Route" @@ -5127,15 +5125,15 @@ msgstr "每一个拉规则现在可以被配置。用内部的实体库位类型 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`收货(Input) --> 越库` " +msgstr ":menuselection:`收货(Input) -->越库` " #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`越库 --> 出货区域(Output)` " +msgstr ":menuselection:`越库 -->出货区域(Output)` " #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`出货(Output) --> 客户(Customer)` " +msgstr ":menuselection:`出货(Output) -->客户(Customer)` " #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 msgid "Product with cross dock" @@ -5179,7 +5177,7 @@ msgid "" "application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " "option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." msgstr "" -"首先需要选择多库位选项 :menuselection: 在 **库存模块** 中的 `配置 --> 设置` 。然后勾选 **仓库进行多库位管理** " +"首先需要选择多库位选项 :menuselection: 在 **库存模块** 中的 `配置 -->设置` 。然后勾选 **仓库进行多库位管理** " "选项。不要忘了勾选之后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 @@ -5200,7 +5198,7 @@ msgid "" "Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " "**Create**." msgstr "" -"下一步是创建新的仓库, 在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 仓库管理 --> 仓库` 。现在就可以通过点击 **创建** " +"下一步是创建新的仓库, 在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->仓库管理 -->仓库` 。现在就可以通过点击 **创建** " "创建新的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 @@ -5242,8 +5240,8 @@ msgid "" "on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " "select the right warehouse and location." msgstr "" -"进入库存管理应用模块, 选择 :menuselection:`库存控制--> 库存调整` 。通过点击 **创建** 创建新的盘点。在 **盘点参照** " -", **日期** 中输入内容并确保选择正确的仓库和库位。" +"进入库存管理应用模块, 选择 :menuselection:`库存控制-->库存调整` 。通过点击 **创建** 创建新的盘点。在 **盘点参照** ," +" **日期** 中输入内容并确保选择正确的仓库和库位。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -5488,7 +5486,7 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" " rules**." msgstr "" -"推规则是路线的构成, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> " +"推规则是路线的构成, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) --> " "设置(Settings)` 并勾选 **产品使用高级路径规则** 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 @@ -5499,7 +5497,7 @@ msgstr "推式规则设置" msgid "" "The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Routes`." -msgstr "在路径上设置推规则。进入菜单 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 路径(Routes)` 。" +msgstr "在路径上设置推规则。进入菜单 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->路径(Routes)` 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." @@ -5589,7 +5587,7 @@ msgid "" "application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " "routing of products using rules**." msgstr "" -"拉规则是路线的一部分, 进入 **库存** 应用中 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 并勾选 **产品的高级路径规则** 。" +"拉规则是路线的一部分, 进入 **库存** 应用中 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 并勾选 **产品的高级路径规则** 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 msgid "Pre-configured routes" @@ -5603,7 +5601,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo已经在仓库模块中预配置了些路线。" msgid "" "In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Warehouses`." -msgstr "在仓库模块中, 点击 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 仓库(Warehouses)` 。" +msgstr "在仓库模块中, 点击 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->仓库(Warehouses)` 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -5619,7 +5617,7 @@ msgstr "定制路线" msgid "" "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Routes`." -msgstr "在仓库模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 路径` 。" +msgstr "在仓库模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->路径` 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -5653,8 +5651,7 @@ msgid "" "Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " "(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," " select the route(s):" -msgstr "" -"打开想要设置该路线的产品( :menuselection:`库存 --> 控制 --> 产品` ). 在库存页面中, 选择路线(可以多选) :" +msgstr "打开想要设置该路线的产品( :menuselection:`库存 -->控制 -->产品` ). 在库存页面中, 选择路线(可以多选) :" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" @@ -5671,7 +5668,7 @@ msgid "" "Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " "(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" " under the **Logistics** section :" -msgstr "打开想要设置该路线的产品( :menuselection:`配置 --> 产品类别` ).在 **物流** 部分选择路径(可以多选) :" +msgstr "打开想要设置该路线的产品( :menuselection:`配置 -->产品类别` ).在 **物流** 部分选择路径(可以多选) :" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" @@ -5693,7 +5690,7 @@ msgstr "为了能正常使用, 我们需要激活销售订单上的路径这一 msgid "" "In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "在销售模块, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 并勾选 **在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)** 。" +msgstr "在销售模块, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 并勾选 **在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)** 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" @@ -5718,7 +5715,7 @@ msgid "" "**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " "**Preferred Routes**:" msgstr "" -"在进行补货时, 你可以强制使用想要使用的路线。在产品( :menuselection:`库存控制 --> 产品` ), 点击 **补货需求** 。在 " +"在进行补货时, 你可以强制使用想要使用的路线。在产品( :menuselection:`库存控制 -->产品` ), 点击 **补货需求** 。在 " "**优先路线** 旁边选择想要使用的路径。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 @@ -5772,7 +5769,7 @@ msgid "" "accounting option **Include landed costs in product costing computation** & " "**Perpetual inventory valuation**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." msgstr "" -"首先, 你需要激活使用到岸成本。进入 :menuselection: \" 库存应用 --> 配置 --> 设置 `。检查会计选项 " +"首先, 你需要激活使用到岸成本。进入 :menuselection: \" 库存应用 -->配置 -->设置 `。检查会计选项 " "**产品成本计算包含到岸成本** 以及 **永续存货计价** , 然后点击 **应用** 保存变更。 " #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:32 @@ -5781,8 +5778,8 @@ msgid "" "Setting`. Choose costing method **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price " "costing method**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." msgstr "" -"然后进入 :menuselection:`采购应用--> 配置 --> 设置` 。勾选成本方法 " -"**使用'固定价','真实价'或者'平均价'成本核算方法** , 然后点击 **应用** 保存变更。" +"然后进入 :menuselection:`采购应用-->配置 -->设置` 。勾选成本方法 **使用'固定价','真实价'或者'平均价'成本核算方法**" +" , 然后点击 **应用** 保存变更。" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40 msgid "Landed Cost Types" @@ -5794,7 +5791,7 @@ msgid "" "Costs**, such as freight, insurance or custom duties. Go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Landed Cost types`." msgstr "" -"从创建特定不同的 **到岸成本** 的产品开始, 例如空运费, 保费或者关税。进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> " +"从创建特定不同的 **到岸成本** 的产品开始, 例如空运费, 保费或者关税。进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 --> " "到岸成本类型` 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:52 @@ -5812,7 +5809,7 @@ msgstr "链接到岸成本到转移单上" msgid "" "To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " "Control --> Landed Costs`." -msgstr "要计算到岸成本, 进入 :menuselection:`库存--> 存货控制 --> 到岸成本` 。" +msgstr "要计算到岸成本, 进入 :menuselection:`库存-->存货控制 -->到岸成本` 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -5875,8 +5872,7 @@ msgid "" "option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" " using rules**, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -"进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 并选择 **仓库管理多库位和产品使用高级路径** , 然后点击 **应用** " -"。" +"进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` 并选择 **仓库管理多库位和产品使用高级路径** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 msgid "Setting up a strategy" @@ -5908,7 +5904,7 @@ msgid "" "putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " "Strategy**." msgstr "" -"你可以创建一个上架策略, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位` 。打开任何一个你想要设置上架策略的库位, 点击 " +"你可以创建一个上架策略, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->库位` 。打开任何一个你想要设置上架策略的库位, 点击 " "**编辑** 并选择 **上架策略** 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 @@ -5933,7 +5929,7 @@ msgstr "现在, 当你要采购这些种类的产品时候, 它们会自动的 msgid "" "To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " "Control --> Current Inventory`" -msgstr "要检查当前库存, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 库存控制 --> 当前库存` " +msgstr "要检查当前库存, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->库存控制 -->当前库存` " #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." @@ -5964,7 +5960,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`:" -msgstr "在 **库存** 应用中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` :" +msgstr "在 **库存** 应用中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` :" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -5977,7 +5973,7 @@ msgstr "勾选 **追踪批次号还活着序列号** , **仓库进行多库位 msgid "" "Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " "location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." -msgstr "然后, 打开 :`配置 --> 库位` 并打开需要设置出库策略的库位。" +msgstr "然后, 打开 :`配置 -->库位` 并打开需要设置出库策略的库位。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 msgid "Types of removal strategy" @@ -6002,7 +5998,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " "stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位` , 打开库存库位并设置 **先进先出** 的出库策略。" +msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->库位` , 打开库存库位并设置 **先进先出** 的出库策略。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." @@ -6044,7 +6040,7 @@ msgstr "在这种仓库管理中, 最后买进的产品最先出库。后进先 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " "stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位` , 打开库存库位并设置 **先进先出** 的出库策略。" +msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->库位` , 打开库存库位并设置 **先进先出** 的出库策略。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -6078,7 +6074,7 @@ msgid "" "option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" " to save changes." msgstr "" -"进入 :menuselection:`库存--> 配置 --> 设置` 。勾选 **在序列号上定义到期日期** 。然后点击 **应用** 保存变更。" +"进入 :menuselection:`库存-->配置 -->设置` 。勾选 **在序列号上定义到期日期** 。然后点击 **应用** 保存变更。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -6087,38 +6083,40 @@ msgid "" "**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " "Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." msgstr "" +"这将允许您为每批货物或序列号设置4个过期字段：**最佳日期**, **失效日期**, **警示日期** 以及 **撤柜日期**。这些日期可从以下路径设置" +" :menuselection:`库存->控制->序列号/批次。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 msgid "" "**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " "serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**最佳日期**：本序列/批次货物自此日期起变质，但尚未造成危害。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 msgid "" "**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " "serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**失效日期：**：本序列/批次货物自此日期起变质，不得消费。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 msgid "" "**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " "number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategym " "goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**撤柜日期**：本序列/批次货物自此日期起应从商店撤下。通过FEFO 撤柜策略，在此日期收集货物发运。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 msgid "" "**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the " "goods with this serial/lot number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**警示日期：**本序列/批次货物被发出警示的日期。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 msgid "" "Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to " "latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " "removal dates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据**撤柜日期**按照货物的时间顺序分批撤下。先处理定义了撤柜日期的货物，再处理未定义此日期的批次。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -6127,6 +6125,7 @@ msgid "" "may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when " "lots pass their **alert date**." msgstr "" +"除**撤柜日期**外的所有数据都只用于参考和汇报。超出上述所有日期期限的批次可能仍会作为送货订单拣出，且当这批次货物超过**警示日期**后并不会发出警示。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -6141,34 +6140,35 @@ msgid "" "zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually " "after the lot has been created." msgstr "" +"批次货物的过期日期也可在货物入库时自动设置。根据序列号启用过期日期后，产品详情表的库存页签下会出现4个新的字段：**产品生命周期**、**产品使用寿命**、**产品撤柜时间**和**产品警示时间**。当其中一个字段输入整数后，对应产品的批次/序列的过期日期将被设为该批次/序列的创建日期加上在时间增量字段中输入的天数。如果时间增量字段设为0，则该批次/序列的过期日期必须在该批次创建之后手动设置。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 msgid "" "Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " "expiration date fields as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个时间增量字段都用于生成以下一种过期日期字段，如下所示：" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品使用寿命->最好在此日期前使用" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品撤柜时间->撤柜日期" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品生命周期->生命周期结束" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品警示时间->警示日期" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 msgid "" "To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" " --> Locations` and choose FEFO." -msgstr "要在库位上设置出库策略, 进入 :`配置 --> 库位` 并选择FEFO。" +msgstr "要在库位上设置出库策略, 进入 :`配置 -->库位` 并选择FEFO。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -6281,7 +6281,7 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuration --> Settings`. µ Locate the **Packages** section and tick " "**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" msgstr "" -"要陪只如何使用包裹, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 。找到 **包裹** 的位置并选择 " +"要陪只如何使用包裹, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` 。找到 **包裹** 的位置并选择 " "**记录产品包裹的包材 :栈板, 盒子, ……** " #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:27 @@ -6349,7 +6349,7 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Operations Types`. Tick **Allow moving " "packs**:" msgstr "" -"你需要设置 **作业类型** 为允许调拨包裹。进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 作业类型` 。勾选 **允许调拨包裹**: " +"你需要设置 **作业类型** 为允许调拨包裹。进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->作业类型` 。勾选 **允许调拨包裹**: " #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:75 msgid "Transfer packages" @@ -6384,7 +6384,7 @@ msgstr "包裹追踪" msgid "" "To trace a package or check its content, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "Control --> Packages`." -msgstr "要追踪一个包裹或者包裹里面的明细, 进入 :menuselection:`库存控制 --> 包裹` 。" +msgstr "要追踪一个包裹或者包裹里面的明细, 进入 :menuselection:`库存控制 -->包裹` 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:103 msgid "Click on **Package Transfers** to see all its moves." @@ -6428,7 +6428,7 @@ msgid "" "sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " "**Apply**." msgstr "" -"在 **库存** 模块下, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 。在 **产品** 部分, 选择 " +"在 **库存** 模块下, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 。在 **产品** 部分, 选择 " "**产品的采购/销售时可以使用不同的计量单位(高级)** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 @@ -6440,8 +6440,7 @@ msgid "" "In :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, open the product which " "you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " "**Edit**." -msgstr "" -"在 :menuselection:`库存控制 --> 产品` , 打开你需要在采购/销售过程中使用不同计量单位的产品并点击 **编辑** 。" +msgstr "在 :menuselection:`库存控制 -->产品` , 打开你需要在采购/销售过程中使用不同计量单位的产品并点击 **编辑** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -6855,7 +6854,7 @@ msgid "" "Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " "attributes**, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -"在你使用产品变量之前, 你需要在设置中激活产品变量。要这样做, 你需要进入销售模块, 在菜单 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , " +"在你使用产品变量之前, 你需要在设置中激活产品变量。要这样做, 你需要进入销售模块, 在菜单 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` , " "找到 **产品变形** 　行, 然后勾选 **产品可以有多个变体** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 @@ -6868,7 +6867,7 @@ msgid "" "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." msgstr "" -"一旦你激活了变量选项, 你就可以给产品添加变量。要这样做的话, 进入销售模块 :`销售 --> 产品` 。还可以从采购和库存模块进入产品页面。" +"一旦你激活了变量选项, 你就可以给产品添加变量。要这样做的话, 进入销售模块 :`销售 -->产品` 。还可以从采购和库存模块进入产品页面。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." @@ -6979,7 +6978,7 @@ msgid "" "Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " "**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." msgstr "" -"一旦你激活了产品变量选项, 你就可以在产品上添加产品变量。要这样做, 进入销售模块, 打开 :menuselection:`销售 --> 产品` " +"一旦你激活了产品变量选项, 你就可以在产品上添加产品变量。要这样做, 进入销售模块, 打开 :menuselection:`销售 -->产品` " "并点击你想要更改的产品, 点击 **变量价格** 按钮来查看变量列表。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 @@ -7081,8 +7080,8 @@ msgid "" " section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " "click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -"为了能创建一个新的库位, 你需要能让系统进行多库位管理。在 **库存** 模块中, 打开菜单 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 。在" -" **库位＆仓库** 的地方选择 **仓库进行多库位管理** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" +"为了能创建一个新的库位, 你需要能让系统进行多库位管理。在 **库存** 模块中, 打开菜单 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 。在 " +"**库位＆仓库** 的地方选择 **仓库进行多库位管理** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -7090,7 +7089,7 @@ msgid "" "Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " "**Create**." msgstr "" -"在 **库存** 模块中, 打开 :menuselection:`配置 --> 仓库管理 --> 库位` , 在库位窗口下, 点击 **创建** 。" +"在 **库存** 模块中, 打开 :menuselection:`配置 -->仓库管理 -->库位` , 在库位窗口下, 点击 **创建** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -7136,14 +7135,14 @@ msgid "" " section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " "click on **apply**." msgstr "" -"为了能够床架一个新的仓库, 你必须要让系统允许管理多库位。在 **库存** 模块下, 打开菜单 :menuselection:`设置 --> 配置` " -"。在 **库位&仓库** 位置, 点选 **仓库多位置管理** 的勾选框。然后点击 **应用** 。" +"为了能够床架一个新的仓库, 你必须要让系统允许管理多库位。在 **库存** 模块下, 打开菜单 :menuselection:`设置 -->配置` 。在" +" **库位&仓库** 位置, 点选 **仓库多位置管理** 的勾选框。然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 msgid "" "Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " "Warehouses`" -msgstr "打开菜单 :menuselection:`配置 --> 仓库管理 --> 仓库` " +msgstr "打开菜单 :menuselection:`配置 -->仓库管理 -->仓库` " #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -7160,7 +7159,7 @@ msgid "" "In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " "Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " "make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." -msgstr "在 **简称** 字段, 输入一个仓库的5-位编码 。注意该编码会显示在库位的列表中, 所以务必确保该简称能简明且清晰的代表你的仓库。" +msgstr "在 **简称** 字段, 输入一个仓库的5-位编码。注意该编码会显示在库位的列表中, 所以务必确保该简称能简明且清晰的代表你的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -7277,7 +7276,7 @@ msgid "" "To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " "app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " "Methods`." -msgstr "要给交货方式配置价格。进入 **库存** 应用, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 交货 --> 交货方式` 。" +msgstr "要给交货方式配置价格。进入 **库存** 应用, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->交货 -->交货方式` 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -7390,7 +7389,7 @@ msgid "" "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" msgstr "" -"在 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 在 **货代接口** 的下方标识你想要集成的货运公司 :" +"在 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` , 在 **货代接口** 的下方标识你想要集成的货运公司 :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 @@ -7404,7 +7403,7 @@ msgstr "配置发货方式" msgid "" "To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." -msgstr "要配置交货方式, 进入 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 交货方式` 。" +msgstr "要配置交货方式, 进入 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->交货方式` 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -7476,7 +7475,7 @@ msgstr "货代公司需要产品的重量, 不然运输价格不能计算。" msgid "" "Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " "the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "进入 **销售** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`销售 --> 产品` 。打开需要发货的产品并维护重量。" +msgstr "进入 **销售** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`销售 -->产品` 。打开需要发货的产品并维护重量。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -7539,7 +7538,7 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " "**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" msgstr "" -"要配置包裹的使用, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 。找到 **包裹** 的位置并选择 **在包装上记录包材 " +"要配置包裹的使用, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` 。找到 **包裹** 的位置并选择 **在包装上记录包材 " ":栈板, 箱子, ……** " #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 @@ -7777,7 +7776,7 @@ msgid "" "In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" -msgstr "在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 。在 **货运接口** 下方, 标识出你想要集成的货代公司 :" +msgstr "在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 。在 **货运接口** 下方, 标识出你想要集成的货代公司 :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -7836,7 +7835,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" " you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 --> 销售 --> 产品` 。打开你想要交货的产品并为之维护重量。" +msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 -->销售 -->产品` 。打开你想要交货的产品并为之维护重量。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po index b1b5982cf..93bdb291e 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: fausthuang , 2017\n" +"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA , 2017\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,18 +28,18 @@ msgstr "制造作业" #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment.rst:3 msgid "Replenishment Strategies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "补货策略" #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:3 msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何选择正确的补货策略" #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:5 msgid "" "Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " "different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " "delivery strategies." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最小库存规则和按单补货的结果相似，但规则不同，应根据你的制造和发货策略来选用。" #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:10 msgid "Terminology" @@ -57,6 +57,7 @@ msgid "" " minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" " quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." msgstr "" +"最小库存规则用于确保你已经有了制造和/或响应消费者需求的最小库存量。当某产品的库存水平到达最小量时，系统自动生成一个采购订单，该订单的数量能满足最小库存量。" #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:22 #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:58 @@ -69,7 +70,7 @@ msgid "" "the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " "current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " "regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "按单补货功能将触发与产品相关的销售订单的采购单。系统**不会**检查现有库存。意味着无论现有产品的数量是多少，都会生成一个采购订单草稿。" #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:30 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:27 @@ -87,7 +88,7 @@ msgid "" "module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" " down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " "values for a given product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最小库存规则可通过库存模块进行配置。在“库存控制”下拉菜单中选择\"再次订购规则\" ，然后点击\"创建\"设置某给定产品的最小与最大库存值。" #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -99,24 +100,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " "\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后点击产品，在\"库存子菜单\"访问相关产品的表单。不要忘记选择一个供应商。" #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:54 msgid "" "Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " "stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "别忘记选择正确的产品类别。消耗品无法贮存，不可计入库存盘点数。" #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:60 msgid "" "The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " "your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " "other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可在产品表单中配置按单补货 :menuselection:`库存 --> 库存控制 --> 产品（或在产品可用的任一其他模块中配置）。" #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:64 msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在产品表单的库存项下，点击\"按单补货\"。" #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:70 msgid "Choice between the two options" @@ -143,7 +144,7 @@ msgstr "物料清单" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何将将一套产品作为一个套件销售" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -153,17 +154,19 @@ msgid "" "kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and " "Manufacturing apps must be installed." msgstr "" +"**套件**是一套送货前未组装或混合的部件，它们在Odoo中用*物料票（bills of " +"materials）*描述。根据套件产品的管理形式，有两种基本的配置方法。每种方法中，都必须安装“库存”和“制造”App。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:12 msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理部件产品库存" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:14 msgid "" "If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of " "the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing " "step." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你希望订货时组装这些套件，只对套件*部件*库存进行管理，则应跳过制造步骤使用Kit BoM。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -173,10 +176,12 @@ msgid "" "shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at " "right shows the corresponding delivery order." msgstr "" +"使用Kit " +"BoM的产品将作为单行项目在报价和销售订单中显示，但它会为套件中的每个部件都生成一个单行送货单。在以下例子中，左边的图片显示\"自定义电脑套件\"的销售订单，右边的图片显示对应的送货订单。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:24 msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -187,12 +192,13 @@ msgid "" " Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot " "be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." msgstr "" +"从“库存”或“制造”App的**产品**菜单中为每个需要的部件创建产品，然后创建顶级或套件产品。套件产品应该只有**制造**路由，因为你无法跟踪套件产品的库存，产品类型可设为**消耗品**。由于套件产品是无法购买的，所以应取消“可购买”前面的勾号。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:37 msgid "" "All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " "preference. The component products require no special configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "套件产品的所有其他参数都可按照你的偏好进行修改。套件产品无需特别的配置。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -200,11 +206,11 @@ msgid "" "product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship " "this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with " "their default values." -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品配置完成后，为套件产品创建一个物料清单。添加每个部件及数量。为BoM类别选择**将本产品作为部件发货**。其他选择可以保持默认值不变。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:53 msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理套件及部件产品的库存" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -214,6 +220,8 @@ msgid "" "manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product " "will appear in your stock." msgstr "" +"如需管理最高等级套件产品的存货，需要采用有制造步骤的标准BoM而不用Kit " +"BoM。使用标准BoM组装套件时将创建一个制造订单。该制造订单必须注册方能在存货中显示套件产品。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -222,17 +230,18 @@ msgid "" "order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable " "stock management." msgstr "" +"在套件产品中选择**制造**路由。也可选择**按单补货**，这会在每次确认销售订单时创建一个制造订单。请选择产品类别为**可贮存品**启用库存管理。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:72 msgid "" "When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture " "this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing" " order rather than a packing operation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你创建物料清单时，将BoM类别选择为**制造此产品**。套件的组装由制造订单而非包装操作来定义。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何管理产品变体的BoM" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:5 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:125 @@ -240,7 +249,7 @@ msgid "" "Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " "same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo允许你为同一产品的多个变量使用物料清单。启用变量的方式很简单，只需从 :menuselection:`配置->设置中选择。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:12 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:132 @@ -249,7 +258,7 @@ msgid "" " manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " "each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " "variants." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后就可以指定每个产品变量的制造中需要用哪些部件行。可以为每个行指定多个变量。如果没有指定变量，这一行可以用于所有的变量。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:17 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:137 @@ -257,11 +266,11 @@ msgid "" "When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " "field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " "used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在行与项目对应的基础上定义变量BoM时，BoM主区域的**产品变量**字段应不填内容。这一字段只在为产品的一个变量创建BoM时有用。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何管理半成品。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:5 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:83 @@ -272,6 +281,7 @@ msgid "" "manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM " "that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." msgstr "" +"分组件是一种用于另一制成品部件的制成品。你可能想用分组件来简化一个复杂的BoM、更精确地表示你的制造流，或在多个BoM中使用相同的分组件。BoM使用分组件通常指多级BoM。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:12 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:90 @@ -282,10 +292,11 @@ msgid "" " order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each " "subassembly is created as well." msgstr "" +"Odoo中的多级物料清单可通过创建顶级BoM和分组件BoM完成。下一步定义分组件产品的采购路线，以确保每次创建了顶级产品的制造订单时，能同时创建每个分组件的制造订单。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:19 msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置顶级产品BoM" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:21 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:99 @@ -293,12 +304,12 @@ msgid "" "To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. " "Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each " "subassembly as you would for any product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为配置多级BoM，请创建顶极产品及其BoM。将所有分组件包括到部件清单中。为每个分组件创建一个BoM（类似为每个产品创建BoM）。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:29 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:107 msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置分组件产品数据" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:31 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:109 @@ -307,7 +318,7 @@ msgid "" "**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes " "precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no " "effect." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在分组件的产品表中，必须选择**制造**和**按需补货**路由。**制造**路由的优先级高于**购买**路由，因此选后者是无效的。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:39 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:117 @@ -315,7 +326,7 @@ msgid "" "If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to " "manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the " "subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需在制造之外采购一些组件，选择**可以购买**。分组件产品表单中的所有其他字段都可根据你的偏好配置。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" @@ -323,29 +334,29 @@ msgstr "入门" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "How to consume composents to make a finished product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何消费组件以制造成品" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何创建物料清单" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:5 msgid "" "A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component " "products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to " "manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "物料清单 (BoM) 是描述部件产品、每个部件的数量，以及制造产品（包括路由和每个步骤）过程的文件。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM " "can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, " "describe multiple variants of the same product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中，每个产品可能有多个BoM与其关联，但一个BoM只能与单个产品相关联。而单个BoM可以描述同一产品的多个变量。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:14 msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置基本的BoM" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -354,7 +365,7 @@ msgid "" "more information about which method of management to use, review the " "**Getting Started** section of the *Manufacturing* chapter of the " "documentation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你只用制造订单来管理制造过程，可无需路由来定义基本的物料清单。关于所采用的管理方式详情，请查看文献中*制造*章节的**开始**节。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -368,6 +379,8 @@ msgid "" "materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of " "Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." msgstr "" +"创建你的第一份物料清单前，你需要创建至少一个部件（在Odoo中也被认为是产品），方法是从 " +":menuselection:`主数据->产品，中选择或在系统运行时从BoM表格的相关字段中选择。一旦创建好一个产品和至少一个部件后，从相关的下拉菜单中选择它们并添加到你的物料清单。新的物料单可从menuselection中创建，选择主数据->物料清单，或使用产品表单之上的按钮进行创建。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -376,10 +389,11 @@ msgid "" "production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** " "allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." msgstr "" +"在**杂项**页签下填写额外的字段。**顺序**定义了BoM被选择为生产订单的顺序，数字越小优先级越高。**版本**允许你跟踪BoM在不同时间的版本号变化。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:38 msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在BoM中添加路由" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -388,13 +402,14 @@ msgid "" "added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more " "information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." msgstr "" +"路由定义制造一个产品所需的一系列操作，以及每个操作执行的工作中心。一个路由可以添加到多个BoM中，而后者每个只能有一个路由。路由配置的更多信息，请参阅路由一章。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:46 msgid "" "After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " "you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a " "routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用路由的方法 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置，然后当系统运行时从下拉清单中选择一个路由，即可将路由添加到物料清单。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -405,22 +420,23 @@ msgid "" "Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be " "consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." msgstr "" +"通过**组件**下方的**在工序中消费**字段定义工序或步骤。同样，也可以用**在操作中生产**字段（位于**杂项**页签下）定义产品被生产的操作。如果不填这个字段，产品将在路由的最后操作中被消耗/生产。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:61 msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加副产品到BoM" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:63 msgid "" "In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the " "primary product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "副产品指在Odoo中，BoM生产的任何主产品之外的产品。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:66 msgid "" "To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需将副产品添加到BoM，首先要在 :menuselection:`配置->设置，中选择启用它们。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -429,22 +445,23 @@ msgid "" "product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step " "of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." msgstr "" +"副产品启用后，即可被添加到物料清单**副产品**页签下的物料清单了。你可将任何产品（一个或多个）作为副产品添加。副产品的生产过程与BoM中主产品的路由一致。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:81 msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为产品设置一个带分组件的BoM" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:97 msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置顶级产品BoM" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:123 msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用单个的BoM描述单一产品的多个变体" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:3 msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何处理一个制造订单" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" @@ -459,10 +476,11 @@ msgid "" "orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, " "performed in an order defined by **routings**." msgstr "" +"Odoo中有两种管理制造的基本方式。第一种方式只管理唯一的文件，即**制造订单**。第二种方式使用额外的文件，对制造过程进行精确控制。这种方式下，**制造订单**被分割到一个或多个步骤（通过**路由**定义的订单中的**工单**执行）" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:17 msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何在没有路由的情况下管理制造" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -471,17 +489,18 @@ msgid "" "one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by " "work orders and routings." msgstr "" +"如果所有制造产品的工作都在一个地方、由一人以一个步骤执行，以及/或者你不需要工单和路由提供的粒度控制级别，那么你很有可能在没有路由的情况下使用制造订单。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:24 msgid "" "Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There " "are two basic phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "这种方式的操作管理是Odoo的默认动作。从规划到制造有两个基本阶段：" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:27 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:52 msgid "Create manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建制造订单" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:29 msgid "Record Production" @@ -489,7 +508,7 @@ msgstr "记录生产" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:32 msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何以路由和工单管理制造" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -499,13 +518,15 @@ msgid "" "configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create " "**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." msgstr "" +"为使用工单和路由，你需要从 " +":menuselection:`配置->设置选择并启用**用工单管理生产**，然后将路由添加到物料清单，再配置一些额外的关联字段。你还可以创建**工作中心**，即工单被执行的地点。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:41 msgid "" "When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is " "scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity " "planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用路由和工单进行制造时，每个工单都是独立排定的。你还可以进行时间和工作量规划，以及工作中心级别的开销与效率报告。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -513,19 +534,19 @@ msgid "" "configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component " "work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added" " step of scheduling work orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用路由制造也可分解为多个步骤。配置BoM时，你需要添加路由来定义组件的工单。完成制造订单的规划之后，你就在工单排定中添加了额外的步骤。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:50 msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "工作流由此被分解到三个基本阶段中，如下所示：" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:54 msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "计划相关工单的日程" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:56 msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." -msgstr "" +msgstr "执行排定的工作并记录产出" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" @@ -533,7 +554,7 @@ msgstr "主要概念" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo Manufacturing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo制造介绍" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 msgid "Transcript" @@ -541,11 +562,11 @@ msgstr "副本" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 msgid "Work in progress." -msgstr "" +msgstr "工作进程中" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing Terminologies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "制造术语" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -555,38 +576,39 @@ msgid "" "different name may be used to describe the same document. For example, in " "the pharmaceutical industry, the term “recipe” may be used." msgstr "" +"物料清单(BoM)用于描述物料、每种物料的数量、以及制造某一产品所需的步骤。由于行业和成品性质的不同，同一个文件可能有不同的命名。例如，在制药行业中，可以使用术语“处方”。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14 msgid "Cycle" -msgstr "" +msgstr "周期" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17 msgid "" "A production cycle is a frame of time during which an entire manufacturing " "process can be fulfilled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品周期是整个制造过程得以完成的时间框架。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:19 msgid "Downtime or Leave" -msgstr "" +msgstr "停机时间或请假" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:22 msgid "" "Time during which a resource is unavailable. If the resource is a machine, " "the unavailability is downtime, while if the resource is human, unavailable " "time is called a Leave." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当资源不可用的时间。如果这个资源是机器，则不可用指的是停机时间；如果资源是人，则不可用时间是请假时间。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:25 msgid "Finished products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "成品" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:28 msgid "" "Finished products are the final output of a manufacturing process. They are " "normally not intended to be used as input into another manufacturing order " "of the company." -msgstr "" +msgstr "成品是一个制造过程的最终输出。它们通常不会计划为到另一个公司制造订单的输入部分。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:31 msgid "Kit" @@ -596,11 +618,11 @@ msgstr "套件" msgid "" "A kit is a set of components that are described by a bill of materials, but " "which are delivered separately rather than assembled or mixed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "套件是由物料清单中描述的一套部件，但会分别运送而不会被组装或混合。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:36 msgid "Multi-level Bill of Materials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "多级清单" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -609,37 +631,38 @@ msgid "" "own BOM. These parts are typically referred to as sub-assembly of " "intermediate products." msgstr "" +"物料清单可能很快就会变得很复杂。为了使用管理，一份清单可以分解为几个较小的制造品，每个都有其自己的BOM。这些部件通常被称为中间件的子组件。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:44 msgid "" "Defining a BOM in multiple levels reduces the complexity of the top-level " "document and allows components to be reused in other BoMs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在多级中定义BOM减少了顶级文件的复杂性，且允许在其他BoM中复用这些部件。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:46 msgid "Phantom Bill of Material" -msgstr "" +msgstr "幽灵物料清单" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:49 msgid "" "A phantom bill of material is always used in the context of multi-level " "BOMs. It allows to add a sub-assembly as part of a bigger end-product while " "avoiding to trigger a separate manufacturing order for the sub-assembly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "幽灵物料清单总是用于多级BoM上下文中，它允许将子组件作为一个较大的终端产品的部件进行添加，同时避免触发子组件的单独制造订单。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54 msgid "" "As such, when a manufacturing order for the final product is launched, the " "components of the sub-assembly are reflected in the parent BOM as if they " "were direct components of the parent BOM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "因此，当出现了最终产品的制造订单时，子组件的部件就反映到上级BOM中（相当于它们是上级BOM的直接部件）。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:58 msgid "" "Phantom BOM are thus used for grouping a set of components with the aim of " "reusing them in many other BOM without the need to launch separate " "manufacturing orders for the sub-assemblies." -msgstr "" +msgstr "幽灵BOM因此用于分组一套部件，目的是在多个其他BOM中进行复用而无需为子组件调用单独的制造订单。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:61 msgid "Raw Materials" @@ -649,13 +672,13 @@ msgstr "原材料" msgid "" "Raw materials and components constitute the input that are transformed to " "produce semi-finished or finished goods." -msgstr "" +msgstr "原材料和部件构成了要转换为半成品或成品的输入。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:67 msgid "" "The transformation here can take many aspects according to the industry. It " "can be simple assembly, welding, mixing, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "因行业不同，这种转换可能涉及多个方面。可能是简单的组装、焊接、混合等。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69 msgid "Routing" @@ -665,17 +688,17 @@ msgstr "工艺" msgid "" "A routing is a document that describes a series of Work Orders and the Work " "Centers at which they will be carried out" -msgstr "" +msgstr "路由是描述一系列工单和工作中心的文档。路由在这些订单和工作中心被实施。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74 msgid "Semi-finished products and sub-assemblies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "半成品和半组装件" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77 msgid "" "These are products which are manufactured with the purpose to be consumed in" " another manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这些产品被制造的目的是用于其他制造订单的消耗。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:79 msgid "Work Order Operations" @@ -687,7 +710,7 @@ msgid "" "process a manufacturing order. Each activity or operation takes some time to" " be completed and is performed into a determined production unit (also " "called work center)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "工单规程指定了一套全面实施制造订单的动作。 每个动作或操作都需要花时间完成，并在一个确定的制造单元（也称为工作中心）中执行。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:86 msgid "Work Order" @@ -697,7 +720,7 @@ msgstr "工单" msgid "" "A work order is a single manufacturing operation that is scheduled for " "execution on a given date and a given duration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "工单是在给定日期和时限后，排定日程的单一制造操作。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:91 msgid "Work Center" @@ -708,7 +731,7 @@ msgid "" "Work centers identify production units and their resources. They are used to" " represent the plant capacity as well as costing information. The capacity " "is a combination of resources and their availability time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "工作中心对产品单元及其资源进行标识，用于代表工厂的产能及成本信息。产能是资源及可用时间的组合。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:97 msgid "Resources" @@ -718,7 +741,7 @@ msgstr "资源" msgid "" "In manufacturing a resource can be a human being (employee) or machine " "available in a work center." -msgstr "" +msgstr "制造这种资源可以是人（员工），也可以是工作中心的机器。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:102 msgid "Working Time" @@ -728,4 +751,4 @@ msgstr "工作时间" msgid "" "Each resource has its normal working time. For instance, machines can be set" " up to operate 7 days a week 20 hours out of 24." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每种资源都有其标准工作时间。例如，机器可以设置为每周工作7天，每天工作20小时。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index 46b07e9dd..382baa8d0 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -2034,11 +2034,11 @@ msgstr "会计日记账用来登录销售分录。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 msgid "Invoice Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发票日记账" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 msgid "Accounting journal used to create invoices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建发票所用的会计日记账" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 msgid "Group Journal Items" @@ -2072,11 +2072,11 @@ msgstr "这个序列号是由Odoo自动产生的，不过您可以自己定义 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 msgid "Sales Channel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售渠道" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 msgid "This Point of sale's sales will be related to this Sales Channel." -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售点与本销售渠道相关" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 msgid "Virtual KeyBoard" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po index 8f2456e6b..768b31bef 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA , 2017\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,4 +20,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../practical.rst:3 msgid "Practical Information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "实用信息" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 3a88482f1..9341ba074 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Yuan Xulei , 2017\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux , 2017\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ msgstr "过程概览" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:3 msgid "Request for Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order?" -msgstr "采购询价, 采购招标 还是 采购订单?" +msgstr "采购询价, 采购招标还是采购订单?" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ msgstr "product_code" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 msgid "Vendor product Code -> free text" -msgstr "供应商产品编码 -> 自由文本" +msgstr "供应商产品编码 ->自由文本" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 msgid "569874" @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ msgstr "price" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 msgid "Vendor Price -> free text" -msgstr "供应商价格 -> 自由文本" +msgstr "供应商价格 ->自由文本" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 msgid "1500" @@ -877,7 +877,7 @@ msgstr "假设我们从供应商处以 **加仑** 买水然后以 **升** 卖给 msgid "" "We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " "Products`." -msgstr "我们进入采购模块并选择 :`采购 --> 产品` 。" +msgstr "我们进入采购模块并选择 :`采购 -->产品` 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -1288,7 +1288,7 @@ msgid "" "vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " "Reference)" msgstr "" -"从采购程序, 你可以创建你需要的产品的采购单。如果供应商发给你一个确认或报价。你可以在 **供应商 参考** " +"从采购程序, 你可以创建你需要的产品的采购单。如果供应商发给你一个确认或报价。你可以在 **供应商参考** " "字段填写订单参考编号。这可以使你方便地和稍后的供应商订单匹配(因为供应商账单可能会包含供应商参考内容)" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:85 @@ -1527,7 +1527,7 @@ msgid "" "interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " "cancel." msgstr "" -"首先我们用一个你采购了 **3个iPad mini** 还没有调拨的例子。 由于使用 **采购** 模块时需要安装库存模块, " +"首先我们用一个你采购了 **3个iPad mini** 还没有调拨的例子。由于使用 **采购** 模块时需要安装库存模块, " "这样也可以看看部分取消交货的情况。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 @@ -1591,7 +1591,7 @@ msgid "" " From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " "line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." msgstr "" -"第一要做的事是登记已收货物并取消准备发货的 **第三个 iPad Mini** 。 在采购单中, 点击 **收货** 并在 **iPad Mini " +"第一要做的事是登记已收货物并取消准备发货的 **第三个 iPad Mini** 。在采购单中, 点击 **收货** 并在 **iPad Mini " "定单行** 上, 在 **完成** 栏, 手动更改已收数量。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:66 @@ -1970,7 +1970,7 @@ msgstr "采购招标" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:3 msgid "How to manage Purchase Tenders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何管理采购招标" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -1978,10 +1978,11 @@ msgid "" "Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order? " "`__" msgstr "" +"如需获得最佳使用的信息，请阅读此章节“报价、采购招标或采购订单请求”：" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:17 msgid "Activate the Purchase Tender function" -msgstr "" +msgstr "激活采购招标功能" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -1994,42 +1995,42 @@ msgid "" "In the Purchases module, open the Configuration menu and click on Settings. " "In the Purchase Order section, locate the **Calls for Tenders** and tick the" " box Allow using call for tenders... (advanced), then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在采购模块下，打开配置菜单并点击“设置”。在采购订单节，找到**邀请招标**，再选择“允许邀请招标...(高级)，然后点击**应用**。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:31 msgid "Create a Purchase Tender" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建一个采购招标" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:33 msgid "" "To create a new Purchase Tender, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase " "Agreements (PA)`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要创建一个新的采购招标，请在选单中打开采购->采购协议(PA)。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:39 msgid "" "In the Purchase Agreements window, click on **Create**. A new Purchase " "Agreement window opens." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在“采购协议”窗口中点击**创建**，开启一个新的“采购协议”窗口。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:42 msgid "In the **Agreement Type** field, choose Purchase Tender." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**协议类型**字段中选择“采购招标”。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:44 msgid "You do not have to define a **Vendor**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "不需要定义**供应商**。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:46 msgid "" "In the **Products** section, click on **Add an item**. Select products in " "the Product list, then insert **Quantity**. You can add as many products as " "you wish." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**产品**节点击**添加项目**，从产品列表中选择产品，然后输入**数量**。可以添加多个产品。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:53 msgid "Click on **Confirm Call**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击**确认邀请**。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -2037,21 +2038,22 @@ msgid "" "products chosen on the PT. Choose a **Vendor** and send the RfQ to the " "vendor. Repeat this operation for each vendor." msgstr "" +"点击**新报价**按钮。会为采购招标上选择的产品创建一个询价单。选择一个**供应商**然后将询价单发给该供应商。每个供应商都要重复这一操作。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:62 msgid "Once all the RfQs are sent, you can click on **Validate** on the PT." -msgstr "" +msgstr "全部询价单发送完毕后，在采购招标上点击**确认**。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:64 msgid "" "The vendors will send their offers, you can update the RfQs accordingly. " "Then, choose the ones you want to accept by clicking on **Confirm Order** on" " the RfQs and **Cancel** the others." -msgstr "" +msgstr "供应商将发送报价，你可以相应地更新询价单。对于选中的供应商，你可以在询价单上点击“确认订单”并**取消**其他询价单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:68 msgid "You can now click on **Done** on the PT." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在可以在采购招标上点击**完成**。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -2059,6 +2061,7 @@ msgid "" "`__" " in our Online Demonstration." msgstr "" +"在https://demo.odoo.com/?module=purchase_requisition.action_purchase_requisition在线的演示系统中查看采购招标" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:77 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`" @@ -2284,7 +2287,7 @@ msgid "" "To set up your security dates, go to the app :menuselection:`Settings --> " "General settings`, and click on **Configure your company data**." msgstr "" -"设置安全天数, 进入 :menuselection:`设置(Settings) --> 通用设置(General settings)` 然后点击 " +"设置安全天数, 进入 :menuselection:`设置(Settings) -->通用设置(General settings)` 然后点击 " "**配置公司数据** 。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 @@ -2410,8 +2413,7 @@ msgid "" "You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " "**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " "**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "" -"你还要在销售订单中允许路线选择, 在销售模块, 进入菜单选项 :`配置 --> 设置` 并勾选 **在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)** 。" +msgstr "你还要在销售订单中允许路线选择, 在销售模块, 进入菜单选项 :`配置 -->设置` 并勾选 **在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)** 。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" @@ -2856,7 +2858,7 @@ msgstr "供应商或客户警告" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendors` or to :menuselection:`Sales -->" " Customers`." -msgstr "转到 :菜单:`采购 --> 供应商` 或者 到 :菜单:`销售 --> 客户` ." +msgstr "转到 :菜单:`采购 -->供应商` 或者到 :菜单:`销售 -->客户` ." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:37 msgid "Open the vendor or the customer and click on the **Warnings** tab." @@ -2940,7 +2942,7 @@ msgstr "多公司" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" -msgstr "如何设置多公司销售/采购 流程。" +msgstr "如何设置多公司销售/采购流程。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -3028,7 +3030,7 @@ msgstr "即使你没有财务的权限, 你仍然可以控制供应商账单。" msgid "" "Go to the **Purchases** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Vendor " "Bills`." -msgstr "在 **采购** 模块 :菜单'控制-->供应商 账单’。" +msgstr "在 **采购** 模块 :菜单'控制-->供应商账单’。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:17 msgid "Incoming Products" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 2a1451213..2e0eb165c 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: waveyeung , 2017\n" +"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA , 2017\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" @@ -1411,11 +1411,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 msgid ":doc:`currencies`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`currencies`" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134 msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 msgid "Manage your products" @@ -1432,21 +1432,23 @@ msgid "" "any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" +"导入工具中提供导入模板，适用于大多数数据（联系人、产品、银行对账单等）导入。可以用任何电子表格软件（如Microsoft Office, " +"OpenOffice, Google Drive等）" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何自定义文件" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "删除你不需要的行。建议不要删除*ID*1（原因如下）" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将ID排序下拉，为每个记录设置一个独一无二的ID。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -1464,7 +1466,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为什么要用ID行" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -1475,21 +1477,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入数据时，ID号设置不是强制的，但会在很多情况下非常有用。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "更新导入：在不创建副本的情况下多次导入同一个文件；" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入关系字段（见下文）" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何导入关系字段" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1498,6 +1500,7 @@ msgid "" "relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" +"Odoo对象总是与其他众多对象相关联（即产品与产品目录、产品属性、供应商等相关联）。为了导入这些关系，你需要首先从它们自己的列表菜单中导入相关对象的记录。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -1506,6 +1509,8 @@ msgid "" "ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" +"可以使用关联的记录或ID号导入。当两个记录的名称相同时需要ID号进行区分，即在行标题的末尾添加。\" / ID\"。（如产品属性：产品属性/属性 / " +"ID）" #: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Set taxes" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index d97339908..317b1b944 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: xiaobin wu , 2017\n" +"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA , 2017\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -24,94 +24,96 @@ msgstr "网站" #: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "" +msgstr "优化" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何在Google Analytics中跟踪你的网站流量" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用Google Analytics跟踪网站流量的方法：" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 msgid "" "`Create a Google Analytics account `__ if" " you don't have any." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果没有Google Analytics账号，先到创建一个。" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 msgid "" "Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " "ID." -msgstr "" +msgstr "填写完新建表格后，接受用户条款并获得跟踪ID号。" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将这个跟踪ID插入到Odoo。" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 msgid "" "Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " "turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进Odoo网址App的*配置*模式，在设置中打开Google Analytics并粘贴此跟踪ID号，保存页面。" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 msgid "" "To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " "Documentation. " "`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Google Analytics中的首次操作请参阅Google 文献（Google Documentation）" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何从Odoo仪表中跟踪你的网站流量" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 msgid "" "You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " "Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有了Google Analytics，你可以直接从Odoo网站跟踪你的流量统计。" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 msgid "" "A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " "tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "准备步骤包括创建一个Google Analytics账号并在网址设置中输入跟踪ID（参见doc:`google_analytics`）" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to " "generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." msgstr "" +"在Google API平台中生成Analytics " +"API证书，再用Google账户登录。" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 msgid "Select Analytics API." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择Analytics API。" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 msgid "" "Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " "to store your API credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建一个新项目并命名（如Odoo），此项目用于存放你的API证书。" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用API接口。" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建一个用于Odoo的证书。" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 msgid "" "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " "of data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择*Web浏览器（Javascript）*作为呼叫源，选择*用户数据*作为数据类。" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -121,6 +123,7 @@ msgid "" "URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " "'/google_account/authentication'." msgstr "" +"接着创建一个客户端ID。输入应用的名称（如Odoo）及允许转向的页面。”授权JavaScript原点*是你的实例URL地址，*授权转向URI*是你Odoo实例的URL地址'/google_account/authentication'。" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -129,11 +132,13 @@ msgid "" "is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " "Client ID in Odoo for the first time." msgstr "" +"输入产品名称（如在Odoo中输入Google " +"Analytics），完成用户许可步骤，可任意选择自定义选项（非强制）。只有第一次在Odoo中输入客户端ID时显示用户许可画面。" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 msgid "" "Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最后，你会获得一个客户端ID。将此ID复制粘贴到Odoo。" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -143,11 +148,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最后，授权Odoo访问Google API接口。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何在Odoo中做搜索引擎优化。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:6 msgid "How is SEO handled in Odoo?" @@ -217,7 +222,7 @@ msgid "" "`Google Page Speed " "`__" msgstr "" -" `谷歌网页速度 ` __" +" `谷歌网页速度` __" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:46 msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test `__" @@ -231,7 +236,7 @@ msgstr "静态资源 : CSS" msgid "" "All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " "cached (server side and browser side). The result:" -msgstr "所有的CSS文件进行预处理, 级联, 精缩, 压缩和缓存(服务器端和浏览器端)。 结果 :" +msgstr "所有的CSS文件进行预处理, 级联, 精缩, 压缩和缓存(服务器端和浏览器端)。结果 :" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:54 msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" @@ -1220,7 +1225,7 @@ msgstr "发布" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 msgid "How to use my own domain name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何使用你自己的域名" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1228,17 +1233,18 @@ msgid "" "name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " "(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." msgstr "" +"你的Odoo在线实例的网址默认为*.odoo.com*域名（包括URL地址和电邮），但可以更改为定制域名（即www.yourcompany.com）" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 msgid "What is a good domain name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "哪些是好的域名" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 msgid "" "Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " "business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " "domain. Here are some tips:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的网址与你公司或组织的品牌同样重要，因此要更改成一个合适的域名需要花些心思。见以下提示：" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 msgid "Simple and obvious" @@ -1266,86 +1272,88 @@ msgid "" "`__" msgstr "" +"更多信息请参阅：如何选择一个域名，使SEO最大化" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 msgid "How to buy a domain name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何收购一个域名" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "向主流注册机构购买域名" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 msgid "`GoDaddy `__" -msgstr "" +msgstr " GoDaddy " #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 msgid "`Namecheap `__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Namecheap官方网站 `__" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 msgid "`OVH `__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`OVH `__" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 msgid "" "Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " "issue, check out those easy tutorials:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "购买域名的步骤非常直接。建议先查阅以下简明指引：" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 msgid "`GoDaddy `__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`GoDaddy " #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 msgid "" "`Namecheap `__" -msgstr "" +msgstr " Namecheap " #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 msgid "" "Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " "name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " "This is Odoo's job!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "随意购买一个邮件服务器，从而拥有带自己域名的邮件地址。但不要购买任何额外服务以创建或托管你的网址，因为这是Odoo的工作！" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:42 msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何将我的域名应用到Odoo实例中" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:43 msgid "" "First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " "yourcompany.odoo.com):" -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，对转向路径进行授权" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从你自己的主页中打开你的Odoo.com账户" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:50 msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入*管理数据库*页面。" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:55 msgid "" "Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击数据库右边的*域名*即可转向。" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:60 msgid "" "A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " "www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "出现数据库域名提示符。输入你自定义的域名（例如www.yourcompany.com）。" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:67 msgid "" "We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在可以从你的域名管理器账号应用转向了。" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:69 msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "登录你的帐户，搜索DNS区管理页面。" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -1353,14 +1361,16 @@ msgid "" " If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " "redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." msgstr "" +"创建一个指向*mywebsite.odoo.com*的CNAME记录*www.yourdomain.com*。如你要使用裸域名（如yourdomain.com），你需要将*yourdomain.com*重定向到*www.yourdomain.com*。" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:75 msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下是一些创建CNAME记录的特定指引：" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:77 msgid "`GoDaddy `__" msgstr "" +"`GoDaddy狗爹官方网站 `__" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -1368,30 +1378,35 @@ msgid "" "`__" msgstr "" +"`Namecheap " +"`__" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:79 msgid "" "`OVH " "`__" msgstr "" +"`OVH官网 " +"`__" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何从我的Odoo实例中启用SSL (HTTPS)。" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:84 msgid "" "To enable SSL, please use a third-party CDN service provider such as " "CloudFlare.com." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用SSL，请使用第三方CDN服务提供者，如CloudFlare.com。" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 msgid "How to translate my website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何进行网址转换" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 msgid "Overview" diff --git a/sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst b/sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst index 47155c2c2..dc6cc4a24 100644 --- a/sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst +++ b/sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst @@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ Plus, reviewing the offer from a mobile phone is easy. Really easy. The customer got a clear quotation with a table of content. We can communicate easily. I identified an upselling opportunity. So, I adapt the offer by adding more -products. When the offer is ready, the customer just need to sign +products. When the offer is ready, the customer just needs to sign it online in just a few clicks. Odoo Sales is integrated with major shipping services: UPS, Fedex, USPS and more. The signed offer creates a delivery order automatically. -That's it, I sucesfully sold my products in just a few clicks. +That's it, I successfully sold my products in just a few clicks. Oh, I also have the transaction and communication history at my fingertips. It's easy for every stakeholder to know